]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
man: document the new option
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 246 in spe:
4
5 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
6 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
7 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
8
9 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
10 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
11 devices, as listed in /etc/fstab.
12
13 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
14 special value "numa". If used, the NUMA mask is copied into the CPU
15 affinity mask.
16
17 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
18
19 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
20 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
21 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
22 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
23 interfaces up or down.
24
25 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
26 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
27 automatically assigned to the interface.
28
29 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
30 IPv6PDSubnetId= that allows explicit configuration of the preferred
31 subnet that networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to an
32 interfaces.
33
34 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
35 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
36 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
37 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
38 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
39 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
40 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
41 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast] and
42 "HHF" in [HeavyHitterFilter].
43
44 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
45 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
46 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
47 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
48 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
49 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
50 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
51
52 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
53 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
54 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
55 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
56 frame ring buffer sizes.
57
58 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new WithoutRA= boolean
59 setting. If enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without
60 requiring an Router Advertisement packet suggesting it
61 first. Conversely, the [IPv6AcceptRA] gained a boolean option
62 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
63 the RA packets suggest it.
64
65 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
66 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
67 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
68 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
69
70 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
71 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
72 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
73 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
74 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
75 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
76 field.
77
78 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
79 POP3Servers=, SMTPServers=, LPRServers= for including server
80 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
81 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
82 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
83 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
84
85 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts
86 DNS server addresses suffixed by "#" followed by a host name. If
87 used, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match the
88 specified hostname.
89
90 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
91 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
92 public DNS servers are not used.
93
94 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
95
96 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
97 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
98 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
99 the process that faulted.
100
101 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
102 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
103 use --plain.
104
105 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
106 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
107 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
108
109 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
110 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
111 directories for various resources.
112
113 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
114 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
115 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Previously,
116 these were missing since the calls are convenience calls only and
117 could be put together from the more low-level functions they build
118 on.
119
120 * sd-bus vtable entries learnt a new flag SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
121 which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks is
122 determined. If the flag is set the offset field is converted as-is
123 into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the vtable is
124 associated with.
125
126 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
127 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
128 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
129 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
130
131 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
132 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
133 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
134
135 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
136 --property=…".
137
138 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
139 detail; documentation how classic home directories may be converted
140 into home directories managed by homed has been added; documentation
141 regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in desktops has
142 been added:
143
144 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
145 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
146 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
147
148 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
149 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
150 process itself.
151
152 * service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
153 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
154 service's processes shall include.
155
156 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
157 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
158 coredump data from.
159
160 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
161 document the methods, signals and properties.
162
163 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
164 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
165 initialization.
166
167 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
168 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
169 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
170 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
171 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
172 carefully picking an interface name to use.
173
174 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
175 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
176 target of the service during runtime.
177
178 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
179 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
180 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
181 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
182 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
183 defined by systemd-resolved).
184
185 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
186 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
187 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
188 not block clean file system unmounting.
189
190 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
191 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
192 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
193 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
194 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the kernel configured
195 hostname, truncated at the first dot.
196
197 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
198 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
199 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
200
201 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
202 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
203 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
204 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
205 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
206 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
207 case.
208
209 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
210 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
211 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
212 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
213 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
214 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
215 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
216 via the new --no-block switch.
217
218 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
219 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
220 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
221 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
222
223 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
224 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
225 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
226 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
227
228 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
229 the zstd algorithm.
230
231 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
232 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
233 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
234 without any decoration.
235
236 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
237 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
238
239 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
240 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
241 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
242 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
243 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
244
245 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
246 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
247 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
248 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
249 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
250
251 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
252 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
253 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
254
255 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
256 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
257 the VLAN protocol to use.
258
259 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
260 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
261 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
262 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
263 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
264 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
265 instead of operating on actual block devices.
266
267 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
268 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
269
270 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
271 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
272 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
273 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
274
275 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
276 of the .network files, to control the link group.
277
278 * Two new unit file settings
279 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
280 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
281 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
282 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
283
284 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
285 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
286 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
287 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
288 instance).
289
290 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
291 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
292 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
293
294 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
295 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
296 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
297 conditions.
298
299 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
300 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
301 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
302 in order to make test cases more reliable.
303
304 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
305 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
306 boot.
307
308 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
309 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
310 changed from ext2 to ext4.
311
312 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
313 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
314 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
315 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
316 before the system continues to boot.
317
318 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
319 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
320 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
321 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
322 instead of at installation time.
323
324 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
325 volumes with automatically from files in
326 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
327 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
328
329 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
330 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
331 instance.
332
333 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --root-password-hashed= parameter for
334 setting the root user's password as UNIX password hash. There's a new
335 --delete-root-password switch which instead of setting a password for
336 the root user, removes it so that log-in without a password is
337 permitted. There's now --force which if specified means any existing
338 configuration is overwritten by the specified settings. It also
339 gained a new --kernel-command-line= parameter which may be used to
340 set the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of an OS image.
341
342 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
343 automatically generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart
344 .desktop files, and is useful for allowing systemd to manage services
345 defined that way safely and automatically.
346
347 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
348 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
349 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
350
351 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
352 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
353 packets read from the socket, as ancillary message. This controls the
354 IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
355 depending on socket type.
356
357 * A new boolean option AssignAcquiredDelegatedPrefixAddress= has been
358 added to the [DHCPv6] section of .network files. If enabled (which is
359 the default) an address from any acquired delegated prefix is
360 automatically chosen and assigned to the interface.
361
362 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
363 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
364 being deprecated in favor of this option.
365
366 CHANGES WITH 245:
367
368 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
369 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
370 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
371 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
372 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
373 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
374 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
375 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
376 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
377 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
378 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
379 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
380 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
381 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
382 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
383 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
384 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
385 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
386 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
387 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
388 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
389
390 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
391 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
392 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
393 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
394 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
395 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
396 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
397 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
398 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
399 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
400 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
401 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
402 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
403 that for the first time resource management and various other
404 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
405 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
406 to apply on login. For further details see:
407
408 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
409 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
410 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
411
412 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
413 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
414 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
415 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
416 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
417 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
418 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
419 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
420 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
421
422 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
423
424 For further details about the format and expectations on home
425 directories this new daemon makes, see:
426
427 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
428
429 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
430 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
431 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
432 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
433 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
434 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
435 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
436 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
437 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
438 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
439 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
440 usage limitations and other settings.
441
442 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
443 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
444 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
445 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
446 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
447 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
448 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
449 resource usage.
450
451 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
452 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
453
454 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
455 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
456 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
457 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
458 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
459
460 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
461 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
462 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
463 itself and the default for all other processes.
464
465 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
466 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
467 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
468 database into account.
469
470 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
471 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
472 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
473 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
474
475 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
476 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
477 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
478 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
479 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
480 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
481 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
482 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
483 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
484 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
485
486 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
487 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
488 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
489 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
490 event source watching it is freed).
491
492 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
493 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
494 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
495 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
496
497 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
498 (IFB) network devices.
499
500 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
501 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
502
503 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
504 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
505 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
506 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
507 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
508 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
509
510 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
511 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
512 with its sense inverted.
513
514 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
515 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
516 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
517
518 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
519 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
520 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
521
522 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
523 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
524 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
525 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
526 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
527 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
528 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
529
530 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
531 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
532 debugging purposes.
533
534 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
535 group named differently than the user.
536
537 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
538 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
539 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
540
541 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
542 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
543 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
544 /etc/fstab.
545
546 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
547 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
548 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
549 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
550
551 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
552 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
553 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
554 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
555
556 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
557 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
558 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
559 Bernard.
560
561 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
562 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
563 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
564 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
565 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
566 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
567 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
568 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
569 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
570 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
571 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
572
573 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
574 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
575 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
576 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
577 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
578 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
579 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
580 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
581 command line option.
582
583 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
584 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
585
586 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
587 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
588 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
589 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
590 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
591 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
592 systemd-timedated.
593
594 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
595 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
596 GPT partition table types.
597
598 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
599 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
600 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
601
602 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
603
604 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
605 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
606 for the respective units.
607
608 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
609 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
610 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
611
612 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
613 "status" output.
614
615 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
616 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
617 disappear.
618
619 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
620 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
621 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
622 address is used.
623
624 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
625 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
626 dropped from the individual setting names.
627
628 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
629 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
630 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
631 such files in version 243.
632
633 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
634 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
635 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
636
637 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
638 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
639 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
640
641 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
642 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
643 with stopping and disablement.
644
645 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
646 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
647 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
648 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
649 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
650 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
651 some internal systemd services (most notably
652 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
653 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
654 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
655 this systemd release. See
656 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
657 additional discussion.
658
659 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
660 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
661 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
662 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
663 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
664 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
665 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
666 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
667 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
668 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
669 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
670 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
671 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
672 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
673 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
674 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
675 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
676 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
677 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
678 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
679 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
680 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
681 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
682 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
683 DONG
684
685 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
686
687 CHANGES WITH 244:
688
689 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
690 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
691 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
692 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
693
694 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
695 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
696 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
697 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
698
699 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
700 units.
701
702 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
703 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
704 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
705 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
706 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
707 set the EFI variable.
708
709 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
710 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
711 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
712 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
713 and overrides the systemd setting.
714
715 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
716 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
717 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
718 effect.)
719
720 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
721 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
722 that affects all corresponding unit files.
723
724 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
725 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
726
727 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
728 the unit being shown.
729
730 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
731 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
732 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
733 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
734 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
735
736 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
737 whitelist memory protection syscalls for containers and services
738 which need to use them.
739
740 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
741 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
742 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
743 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
744 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
745 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
746 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
747 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
748 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
749 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
750
751 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
752 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
753 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
754 This replaces the externally maintained whitelists of all known
755 security tokens that were used previously.
756
757 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for whitelisted
758 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
759 improve power saving with many more devices.
760
761 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
762 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
763 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
764
765 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
766 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
767 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
768 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
769 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
770
771 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
772 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
773 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
774 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
775 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
776
777 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
778 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
779
780 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
781 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
782
783 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
784 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
785 now supported.
786
787 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
788 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
789
790 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
791 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
792 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
793
794 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
795 received from the server.
796
797 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
798 set.
799
800 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
801 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
802
803 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
804 using a new SendOption= setting.
805
806 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
807 service type" value used by the client.
808
809 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
810 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
811
812 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
813 a new SendOption= setting.
814
815 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
816 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
817
818 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
819 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
820
821 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
822 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
823 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
824
825 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
826 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
827 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
828 BSSID for wireless links.
829
830 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
831 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
832
833 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
834 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
835
836 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
837 disciplines in the kernel using the new
838 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
839 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
840 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
841 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
842
843 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
844
845 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
846 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
847 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
848 on its own).
849
850 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
851 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
852 of the present time.
853
854 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
855 reproducible image builds easier).
856
857 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
858 Specification.
859
860 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
861 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
862 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
863 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
864
865 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
866 is being used.
867
868 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
869
870 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
871 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
872 path as the system manager.
873
874 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
875 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
876 representation").
877
878 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
879 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
880 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
881 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
882 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
883 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
884 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
885 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
886
887 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
888 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
889 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
890 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
891 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
892 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
893 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
894 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
895 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
896 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
897 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
898 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
899 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
900 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
901 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
902 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
903 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
904 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
905 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
906 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
907 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
908 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
909 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
910
911 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
912
913 CHANGES WITH 243:
914
915 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
916 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
917 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
918 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
919 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
920 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
921 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
922 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
923
924 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
925 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
926 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
927 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
928 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
929 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
930 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
931 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
932 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
933 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
934 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
935 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
936 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
937 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
938 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
939 documentation.
940
941 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
942 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
943 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
944 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
945 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
946 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
947 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
948 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
949 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
950 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
951 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
952 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
953 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
954 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
955 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
956 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
957
958 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
959 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
960 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
961 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
962
963 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
964 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
965
966 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
967 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
968 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
969 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
970 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
971 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
972 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
973 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
974 caught up with the kernel API changes.
975
976 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
977 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
978 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
979 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
980 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
981 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
982 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
983 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
984 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
985 packagers.
986
987 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
988 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
989
990 build/man/man systemctl
991 build/man/html systemd.index
992
993 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
994 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
995
996 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
997 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
998 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
999 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1000 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1001 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1002
1003 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1004 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1005 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1006 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1007 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1008 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1009 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1010 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1011 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1012 unambiguously distinguished.
1013
1014 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1015 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1016 very rarely used.
1017
1018 To replace this functionality, users should:
1019 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1020 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1021 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1022 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1023 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1024
1025 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1026 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1027 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1028 interfaces should really be matched.
1029
1030 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1031 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1032 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1033 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1034 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1035 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1036
1037 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1038 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1039 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1040 stop the whole unit.
1041
1042 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1043 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1044 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1045 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1046 generated whenever a unit stops.
1047
1048 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1049 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1050 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1051 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1052
1053 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1054 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1055 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1056 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1057 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1058
1059 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1060 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1061 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1062 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1063 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1064 programs set up externally.
1065
1066 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1067 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1068 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1069 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1070
1071 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1072 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1073 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1074 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1075 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1076 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1077 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1078
1079 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1080 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1081 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1082 as before.
1083
1084 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1085 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1086 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1087 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1088 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1089 links on terminals that support that.
1090
1091 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1092 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1093 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1094
1095 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1096
1097 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1098 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1099 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1100 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1101 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1102 The default remains unchanged.
1103
1104 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1105 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1106
1107 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1108 udev property.
1109
1110 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1111 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1112 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1113
1114 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1115 interfaces natively.
1116
1117 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1118 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1119 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1120 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1121
1122 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1123 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1124 also learnt a new BlackList= option for blacklisting DHCP servers (a
1125 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1126 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1127 RELEASE message when terminating.
1128
1129 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1130 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1131
1132 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1133 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1134 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1135 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1136 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1137 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1138 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1139
1140 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1141 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1142 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1143 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1144 added to the GENEVE support.
1145
1146 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1147 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1148 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1149 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1150 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1151
1152 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1153 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1154 onto the network device.
1155
1156 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1157 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1158 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1159 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1160 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1161
1162 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1163 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1164 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1165
1166 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1167 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1168
1169 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1170 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1171
1172 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1173 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1174 statistics.
1175
1176 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1177 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1178 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1179
1180 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1181 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1182
1183 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1184 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1185 specific udev properties.
1186
1187 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1188 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1189 "lo" as underlying device.
1190
1191 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1192 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1193 IP addresses, too.
1194
1195 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1196 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1197 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1198 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1199
1200 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1201 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1202 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1203 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1204
1205 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1206 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1207 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1208
1209 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1210 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1211 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1212
1213 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1214
1215 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1216 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1217 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1218
1219 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1220 durations as opposed to points in time).
1221
1222 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1223 expressions.
1224
1225 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1226 codes to their names and back.
1227
1228 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1229 file paths and unit aliases.
1230
1231 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1232 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1233 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1234 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1235
1236 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1237 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1238 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
1239 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
1240 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
1241 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
1242 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
1243 udev rules for that purpose.
1244
1245 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
1246 a device to be initialized.
1247
1248 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
1249 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
1250 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
1251
1252 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
1253 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
1254 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
1255 with gcc's cleanup extension.
1256
1257 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
1258 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
1259 with printf().
1260
1261 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
1262 XML introspection data unmodified.
1263
1264 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
1265 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
1266 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
1267 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
1268
1269 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
1270 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
1271 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
1272 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
1273 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
1274 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
1275 configured to handle the watchdog.
1276
1277 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
1278 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
1279 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
1280
1281 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
1282 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
1283 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
1284
1285 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
1286 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
1287 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
1288 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
1289 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
1290
1291 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
1292 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
1293 review.
1294
1295 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
1296 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
1297
1298 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
1299 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
1300
1301 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
1302 failures to apply them are now ignored.
1303
1304 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
1305 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
1306 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
1307 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
1308
1309 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
1310 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
1311 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
1312 service.
1313
1314 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
1315 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
1316 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
1317 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
1318 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
1319 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
1320 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
1321 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
1322 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
1323 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
1324 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
1325 a seed was received from the boot loader.
1326
1327 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
1328
1329 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
1330 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
1331 above.
1332
1333 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
1334 installed.
1335
1336 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
1337 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
1338 bootloader entry).
1339
1340 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
1341 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
1342
1343 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
1344
1345 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
1346 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
1347 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
1348 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
1349 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
1350
1351 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
1352 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
1353 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1354
1355 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1356 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1357
1358 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1359 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1360 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1361
1362 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1363 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1364 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1365 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1366 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1367 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1368 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1369 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1370 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1371 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1372 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1373 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1374 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1375 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1376 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1377 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1378 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1379 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1380 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1381 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1382 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1383 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1384 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1385 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1386 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1387 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1388 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1389 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1390 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1391 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1392
1393 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1394
1395 CHANGES WITH 242:
1396
1397 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1398 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1399 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1400 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1401 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1402 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1403 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1404
1405 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1406 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1407
1408 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1409 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1410 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1411 may be used to view this.
1412
1413 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1414 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1415 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1416 ```
1417 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1418 [Match]
1419 Type=bridge
1420
1421 [Link]
1422 MACAddressPolicy=none
1423 ```
1424
1425 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1426 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1427 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1428 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1429 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1430 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1431 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1432
1433 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1434 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1435
1436 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1437 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1438
1439 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1440 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1441
1442 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1443 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1444 is a USB peripheral).
1445
1446 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1447 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1448 measured.
1449
1450 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1451 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1452 have privileges to do so).
1453
1454 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1455 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1456 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1457
1458 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1459 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1460 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1461 namespace.
1462
1463 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1464 in which case environment variable substitution is
1465 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1466
1467 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1468 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1469 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1470 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1471 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1472
1473 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1474 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1475 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1476 installed CPU cores.
1477
1478 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1479 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1480 kernel 4.15.
1481
1482 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1483 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1484 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1485 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1486 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1487
1488 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1489 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1490 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1491
1492 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1493 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1494 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1495 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1496 enslaved devices is not operational.
1497
1498 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1499 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1500
1501 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1502 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1503 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1504 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1505 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1506 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1507
1508 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1509 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1510
1511 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1512
1513 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1514 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1515 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1516
1517 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1518 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1519
1520 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1521 configure CAN triple sampling.
1522
1523 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1524 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1525
1526 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1527 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1528 details.
1529
1530 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1531 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1532 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1533 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1534 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1535 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1536
1537 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1538
1539 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1540 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1541 controlling project quota inheritance.
1542
1543 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1544 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1545 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1546 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1547 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1548 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1549 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1550 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1551 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1552 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1553 partition.
1554
1555 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1556 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1557 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1558 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1559 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1560
1561 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1562 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1563
1564 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1565 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1566 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1567 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1568 be used in production yet.
1569
1570 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1571 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1572 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1573 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1574 input, output, and error are set up.
1575
1576 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1577
1578 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1579 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1580 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1581
1582 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1583 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1584 the specified expression will elapse next.
1585
1586 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1587 introspection data.
1588
1589 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1590 the reboot() system call expects.
1591
1592 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1593 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1594 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1595
1596 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1597 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1598 ConditionVirtualization=).
1599
1600 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1601 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1602 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1603 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1604 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1605 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1606 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1607 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1608 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1609 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1610 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1611 during reboot with their own operations.
1612
1613 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1614 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1615 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1616 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1617
1618 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1619 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1620 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1621 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1622 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1623
1624 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1625 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1626
1627 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1628 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1629 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1630 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1631 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1632 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1633 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1634 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1635 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1636
1637 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1638 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1639 prohibited.
1640
1641 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1642 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1643 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1644 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1645 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1646 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1647 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1648 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1649
1650 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1651 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1652 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1653 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1654 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1655 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1656 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1657 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1658 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1659 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1660 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1661 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1662 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1663 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1664 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1665 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1666 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
1667 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1668
1669 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
1670
1671 CHANGES WITH 241:
1672
1673 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
1674 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
1675 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
1676
1677 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
1678 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
1679 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
1680 include the package release information.
1681
1682 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
1683 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
1684 option.
1685
1686 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
1687 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
1688 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
1689
1690 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
1691 again.
1692
1693 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
1694 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
1695 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
1696 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
1697 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
1698 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
1699 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
1700 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
1701 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
1702 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
1703 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
1704 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
1705 installed .link files to *not* include it.
1706
1707 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
1708 "persistent", now works again as documented.
1709
1710 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
1711 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
1712
1713 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
1714 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
1715 used for side-channel attacks.
1716
1717 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
1718 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
1719 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
1720
1721 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
1722 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
1723 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
1724 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
1725 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
1726 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
1727
1728 fs.protected_regular = 0
1729 fs.protected_fifos = 0
1730
1731 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
1732 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
1733
1734 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
1735 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
1736 POSIX shells.
1737
1738 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
1739 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
1740
1741 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
1742 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
1743 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
1744 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
1745 points but otherwise empty.
1746
1747 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
1748 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
1749 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
1750
1751 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
1752 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
1753
1754 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
1755 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
1756
1757 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
1758 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
1759 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
1760 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
1761 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
1762 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
1763 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
1764 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
1765 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
1766 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1767 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1768 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
1769 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
1770 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
1771 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
1772 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1773 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
1774
1775 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
1776
1777 CHANGES WITH 240:
1778
1779 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
1780 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
1781 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
1782 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
1783 an SELinux policy update is required.
1784 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
1785
1786 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
1787 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
1788 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
1789 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
1790 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
1791 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
1792 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
1793 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
1794 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
1795 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
1796
1797 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
1798 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
1799 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
1800 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
1801 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
1802 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
1803 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
1804 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
1805 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
1806 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
1807 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
1808 the search path.
1809
1810 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
1811 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
1812 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
1813 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
1814 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
1815 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
1816 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
1817 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
1818 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
1819 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
1820 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
1821 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
1822 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
1823 start job.
1824
1825 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
1826 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
1827 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
1828 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
1829 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
1830 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
1831 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
1832 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
1833 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
1834 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
1835
1836 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
1837 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
1838 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
1839 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
1840 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
1841 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
1842 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
1843 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
1844 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
1845 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
1846 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
1847 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
1848 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
1849 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
1850 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
1851 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
1852 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
1853 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
1854 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
1855 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
1856 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
1857 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
1858 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
1859 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
1860 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
1861 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
1862 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
1863 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
1864 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
1865 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
1866 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
1867 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
1868 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
1869 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
1870 Java.)
1871
1872 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
1873 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
1874 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
1875 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
1876 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
1877 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
1878 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
1879 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
1880 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
1881 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
1882
1883 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
1884 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
1885 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
1886 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
1887 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
1888 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
1889
1890 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
1891 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
1892 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
1893 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
1894 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
1895
1896 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
1897 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
1898
1899 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
1900 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
1901 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
1902
1903 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
1904 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
1905
1906 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
1907 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
1908 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
1909
1910 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
1911 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
1912 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
1913 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
1914 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
1915 latency.
1916
1917 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
1918 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
1919
1920 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
1921 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
1922 instance part of a unit name.
1923
1924 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
1925 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
1926 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
1927 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
1928 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
1929 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
1930 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
1931 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
1932 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
1933
1934 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
1935 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
1936 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
1937 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
1938
1939 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
1940 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
1941 to a file, and appending to it.
1942
1943 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
1944 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
1945 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
1946 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
1947 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
1948 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
1949
1950 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
1951 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
1952 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
1953 having to touch C code.
1954
1955 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
1956 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
1957
1958 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
1959 DNS-over-TLS.
1960
1961 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
1962 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
1963 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
1964
1965 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
1966 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
1967 until the system finished start-up.
1968
1969 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
1970
1971 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
1972 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
1973 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
1974 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
1975 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
1976 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
1977 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
1978
1979 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
1980 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
1981 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
1982 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
1983 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
1984 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
1985 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
1986 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
1987 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
1988 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
1989 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
1990 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
1991
1992 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
1993 instantiate services.
1994
1995 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
1996 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
1997
1998 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
1999 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2000 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2001
2002 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2003 it is neither used nor maintained.
2004
2005 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2006 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2007 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2008 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2009 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2010 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2011 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2012 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2013 separated by colons.
2014
2015 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2016 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2017
2018 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2019 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2020
2021 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2022 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2023
2024 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2025 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2026 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2027 directly.
2028
2029 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2030 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2031 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2032 ID.
2033
2034 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2035 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2036
2037 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2038 and LOGO=.
2039
2040 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2041 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2042 from any hibernated image.
2043
2044 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2045 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2046 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2047 kernel exports them.
2048
2049 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2050 /usr/bin/.
2051
2052 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2053 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2054 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2055 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2056 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2057 now documented here:
2058
2059 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2060
2061 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2062 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2063 installs during early boot.
2064
2065 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2066 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2067
2068 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2069 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2070
2071 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2072 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2073 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2074
2075 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2076 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2077 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2078 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2079 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2080 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2081 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2082 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2083 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2084 is on AC power.
2085
2086 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2087 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2088 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2089 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2090 see:
2091
2092 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2093
2094 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2095 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2096 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2097 and container environments.
2098
2099 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2100 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2101 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2102 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2103
2104 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2105 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2106 journald per-service.
2107
2108 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2109 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2110
2111 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2112 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2113 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2114 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2115
2116 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2117 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2118 groups.
2119
2120 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2121 --ephemeral command line switch.
2122
2123 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2124 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2125 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2126 object itself.
2127
2128 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2129 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2130 not unloaded).
2131
2132 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2133 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2134 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2135
2136 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2137 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2138 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2139 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2140 "dead" state on success.
2141
2142 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2143 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2144 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2145 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2146 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2147 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2148 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2149 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2150 well-defined system service context.
2151
2152 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2153 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2154 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2155 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2156
2157 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2158 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2159 continue to be used.
2160
2161 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2162 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2163 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2164 for example:
2165
2166 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2167
2168 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2169 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2170 the command line's exit code.
2171
2172 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2173
2174 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2175
2176 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2177 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2178 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2179
2180 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2181 name as argument.
2182
2183 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2184 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2185 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2186 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2187 is improved.
2188
2189 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2190 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2191 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2192
2193 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2194 all files and directories listed in
2195 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2196 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2197 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2198 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2199 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2200 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2201 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2202 the transition to the host OS.
2203
2204 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2205 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2206 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2207 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2208 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2209 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2210 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2211 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2212 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2213 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2214 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2215 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2216 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2217 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2218 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2219 these are opened they don't work.
2220
2221 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2222 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2223 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2224 logic works again.
2225
2226 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2227 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2228 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2229 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2230 ignore it.
2231
2232 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2233 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2234 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2235 commands.
2236
2237 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2238 pam_systemd anymore.
2239
2240 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
2241 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
2242 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
2243 policy took effect.
2244
2245 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
2246 python-3.5.
2247
2248 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
2249 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
2250 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
2251 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
2252 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
2253 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
2254 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
2255 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
2256 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
2257 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
2258 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
2259 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
2260 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
2261 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
2262 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
2263 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
2264 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2265 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
2266 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
2267 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
2268 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
2269 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
2270 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
2271 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
2272 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
2273 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
2274 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2275 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
2276 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
2277 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
2278 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
2279 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
2280 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
2281 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
2282 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
2283 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
2284 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
2285 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
2286 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
2287 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
2288 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
2289 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
2290 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
2291 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
2292 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
2293
2294 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
2295
2296 CHANGES WITH 239:
2297
2298 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
2299 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
2300 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
2301 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
2302 a slot number associated.
2303
2304 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
2305 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
2306 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
2307 independent.
2308
2309 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
2310 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
2311 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2312
2313 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
2314 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
2315 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
2316 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2317
2318 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
2319 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
2320 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
2321 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
2322 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
2323 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
2324 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
2325 e.g. NIS.
2326
2327 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
2328 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
2329 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
2330 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
2331 may be necessary to update the file.
2332
2333 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
2334 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
2335 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
2336 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
2337 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
2338 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
2339 documentation.
2340
2341 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
2342 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
2343 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
2344 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
2345 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
2346 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
2347 them.
2348
2349 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
2350 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
2351 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
2352 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
2353 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2354
2355 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2356 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
2357 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2358 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2359 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2360 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2361 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
2362 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2363
2364 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2365 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2366 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2367 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2368 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2369
2370 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2371 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2372 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2373 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2374 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2375
2376 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2377 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2378 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2379
2380 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2381 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2382 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2383 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2384 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2385 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2386 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2387 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2388 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2389 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
2390 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2391 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2392 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2393 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2394 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2395 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2396 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2397 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2398 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2399 from.
2400
2401 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2402 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2403 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2404 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2405
2406 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2407 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2408 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2409 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2410
2411 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2412 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2413 hibernates again.
2414
2415 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2416 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2417
2418 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2419 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2420 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2421
2422 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2423 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2424 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2425 was not configurable and set to 512.
2426
2427 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2428 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2429 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2430 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2431 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2432 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2433 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2434 in particular su and sudo.
2435
2436 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2437 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2438 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2439 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2440 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2441 services.
2442
2443 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2444 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2445 files should work for hibernation now.
2446
2447 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2448 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2449 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2450 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2451 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2452 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2453 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2454 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2455 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2456 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2457 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2458 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2459 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2460 name following the last dash.
2461
2462 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2463 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2464 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2465 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2466 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2467
2468 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2469 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2470 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2471 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2472 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2473 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2474
2475 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2476 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2477 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2478 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2479
2480 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2481 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2482 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2483 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2484 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2485
2486 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2487 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2488 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2489 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2490 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2491 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2492 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2493 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2494 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2495 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2496 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2497 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2498 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2499
2500 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2501 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2502 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2503 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2504 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2505 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2506 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2507 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2508 settings.
2509
2510 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2511 expiration feature, if it is available.
2512
2513 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2514 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2515 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2516
2517 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2518 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2519
2520 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2521
2522 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2523 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2524
2525 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2526 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2527 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2528 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2529 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2530 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2531 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2532 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2533 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2534 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2535 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2536
2537 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2538 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2539 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2540 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2541
2542 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2543 about its state.
2544
2545 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2546 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2547 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2548 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2549
2550 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2551 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2552 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2553 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2554 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2555 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2556 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2557 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2558 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2559 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2560 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2561
2562 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2563 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2564
2565 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2566 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2567 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2568 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2569 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2570 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2571
2572 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2573 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2574 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2575 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2576 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2577 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2578 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2579
2580 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2581 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2582 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2583 shown.)
2584
2585 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2586 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2587 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2588 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2589 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2590 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2591 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2592 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2593 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2594
2595 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2596 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2597 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2598
2599 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2600 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2601 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2602 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2603 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2604 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2605 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2606 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2607
2608 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2609
2610 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2611 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2612 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2613
2614 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2615 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2616
2617 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2618 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2619 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2620
2621 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2622
2623 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2624
2625 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2626 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2627
2628 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2629 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2630 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2631 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2632 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2633 external user databases.
2634
2635 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2636 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2637 refused due to the enforced limits.
2638
2639 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2640 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2641 manages.
2642
2643 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2644 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2645 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2646 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2647 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2648 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2649 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2650 where this is now used by default.
2651
2652 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2653 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2654
2655 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2656 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2657 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2658 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2659 update process in a generic way.
2660
2661 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2662
2663 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2664 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2665 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2666 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
2667 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
2668 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
2669 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
2670 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
2671 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
2672 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
2673 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
2674 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
2675 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
2676 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
2677 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
2678 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
2679 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
2680 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
2681 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
2682 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
2683 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
2684 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
2685 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
2686 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
2687 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
2688 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
2689 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
2690 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
2691 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2692
2693 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
2694
2695 CHANGES WITH 238:
2696
2697 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
2698 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
2699 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
2700 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
2701 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
2702 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
2703 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
2704 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
2705 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
2706 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
2707 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
2708 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
2709 to revert this change.
2710
2711 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
2712 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
2713 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
2714 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
2715 once at the end of the transaction.
2716
2717 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
2718 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
2719 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
2720 scripts.
2721
2722 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
2723 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
2724 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
2725 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
2726 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
2727 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
2728 still allowing local admin overrides.
2729
2730 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
2731 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
2732 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
2733
2734 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
2735 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
2736 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
2737 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
2738 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
2739
2740 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
2741 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
2742 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
2743 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
2744 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
2745 from package installation scripts.
2746
2747 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
2748 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
2749 without the user number ("u username -:456").
2750
2751 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
2752 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
2753
2754 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
2755 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
2756 /sbin/nologin for other users).
2757
2758 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
2759 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
2760 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
2761 --systemd, --user, or --global).
2762
2763 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
2764 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
2765 which are triggered meanwhile).
2766
2767 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
2768 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
2769 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
2770 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
2771 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
2772
2773 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
2774 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
2775 rotated very quickly.
2776
2777 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
2778 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
2779 pending bus messages.
2780
2781 * systemd gained a new
2782 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
2783 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
2784 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
2785 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
2786 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
2787 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
2788 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
2789 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
2790 session scope.
2791
2792 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
2793 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
2794 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
2795 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
2796 the tree to be accessed.
2797
2798 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
2799 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
2800 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
2801
2802 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
2803 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
2804 to keys in the main keyring.
2805
2806 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
2807
2808 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
2809 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
2810
2811 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
2812
2813 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
2814 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
2815 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
2816 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
2817 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
2818 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
2819 explicitly.
2820
2821 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
2822 the colour of "OK" status messages.
2823
2824 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
2825 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
2826 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
2827 be restarted.
2828
2829 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
2830 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
2831
2832 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
2833 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
2834 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
2835 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
2836 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
2837 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
2838 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
2839 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2840 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
2841 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
2842 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
2843 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
2844 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2845 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2846 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
2847 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
2848
2849 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
2850
2851 CHANGES WITH 237:
2852
2853 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
2854 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
2855 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
2856 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
2857
2858 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
2859 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
2860 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
2861 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
2862 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
2863 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
2864 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
2865 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
2866 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
2867 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
2868
2869 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
2870 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
2871 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
2872 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
2873 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
2874 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
2875 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
2876 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
2877 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
2878 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
2879
2880 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
2881 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
2882 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
2883 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
2884 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
2885 now provides explicit control.
2886
2887 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
2888 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
2889 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
2890 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
2891 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
2892 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
2893 unit types that already supported transient operation.
2894
2895 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
2896 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
2897 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
2898
2899 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
2900 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
2901
2902 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
2903 .network files all gained support for a new condition
2904 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
2905 versions.
2906
2907 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
2908 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
2909 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
2910 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
2911 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
2912 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
2913 understands RapidCommit=.
2914
2915 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
2916 Delegation.
2917
2918 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
2919 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
2920 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
2921 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
2922 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
2923 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
2924 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
2925 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
2926 --watch-bind= command line switch.
2927
2928 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
2929 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
2930 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
2931 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
2932 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
2933 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
2934 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
2935 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
2936 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
2937 "Disconnected" signals).
2938
2939 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
2940 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
2941 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
2942 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
2943 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
2944 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
2945 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
2946 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
2947 round-trips are removed.
2948
2949 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
2950 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
2951 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
2952 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
2953
2954 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
2955 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
2956 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
2957 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
2958 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
2959 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
2960
2961 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
2962 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
2963 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
2964 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
2965 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
2966 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
2967 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
2968 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
2969 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
2970 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
2971
2972 * sd-event gained a new call pair
2973 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
2974 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
2975 when the event source is destroyed.
2976
2977 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
2978 connections.
2979
2980 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
2981 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
2982 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
2983 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
2984 new transitional flag file has been added: if
2985 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
2986 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
2987
2988 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
2989 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
2990 manager.
2991
2992 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
2993 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
2994 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
2995 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
2996 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
2997
2998 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
2999 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3000 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3001 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3002 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3003 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3004
3005 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3006 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3007 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3008 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3009 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3010 level/target is given as an argument.
3011
3012 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3013 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3014 where UID and GID do not match.
3015
3016 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3017 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3018 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3019 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3020 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3021 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3022 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3023 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3024 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3025 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3026 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3027 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3028 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3029 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3030 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3031 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3032 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3033 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3034 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3035 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3036 Палаузов
3037
3038 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3039
3040 CHANGES WITH 236:
3041
3042 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3043 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3044 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3045 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3046
3047 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3048 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3049 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3050 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3051 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3052 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3053 valid specifiers today.)
3054
3055 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3056 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3057 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3058 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3059 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3060 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3061
3062 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3063 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3064 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3065 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3066
3067 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3068 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3069 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3070 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3071 services are resolved properly.
3072
3073 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3074 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3075 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3076 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3077 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3078 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3079 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3080 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3081 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3082 and btrfs.
3083
3084 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3085 DNS server and domain information.
3086
3087 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3088 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3089 runtime.
3090
3091 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3092 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3093 empty for the first time.
3094
3095 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3096 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3097 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3098 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3099 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3100 running in the user session.
3101
3102 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3103 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3104 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3105 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3106 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3107 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3108 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3109 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3110 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3111 user instance).
3112
3113 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3114 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3115
3116 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3117 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3118 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3119 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3120
3121 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3122 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3123
3124 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3125 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3126 sleep verbs.
3127
3128 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3129
3130 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3131 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3132
3133 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3134
3135 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3136 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3137 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3138
3139 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3140 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3141 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3142 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3143 instance.
3144
3145 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3146 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3147 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3148
3149 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3150 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3151 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3152
3153 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3154
3155 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3156 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3157 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3158 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3159 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3160 processes.
3161
3162 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3163 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3164 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3165 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3166
3167 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3168 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3169 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3170
3171 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3172 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3173 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3174 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3175 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3176
3177 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3178 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3179
3180 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3181 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3182 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3183 time the specified expression would elapse.
3184
3185 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3186 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3187 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3188 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3189 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3190 types, not just services.
3191
3192 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3193 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3194 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3195 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3196
3197 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3198 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3199 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3200 interface for this purpose.
3201
3202 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3203 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3204 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3205 anyway.
3206
3207 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3208 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3209 requirements of systemd.
3210
3211 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3212 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3213 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3214
3215 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3216 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3217 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3218 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3219
3220 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3221 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3222 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3223 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3224
3225 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3226 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3227
3228 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3229 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3230 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3231 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3232 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3233 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3234
3235 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3236 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3237 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3238
3239 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
3240 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
3241 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
3242 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
3243 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
3244 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
3245 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
3246 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
3247 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
3248 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
3249 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
3250 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
3251 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
3252 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
3253 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
3254 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
3255 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
3256 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3257 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
3258 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
3259 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3260 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3261 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3262
3263 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3264
3265 CHANGES WITH 235:
3266
3267 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
3268 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
3269 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
3270 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
3271 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
3272 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
3273 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
3274 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
3275 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
3276 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
3277 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
3278 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
3279 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
3280 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
3281 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
3282 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
3283 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
3284 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
3285 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
3286 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
3287 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
3288 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
3289 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
3290 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
3291 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
3292 IPAddressDeny= see below.
3293
3294 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
3295 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
3296 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
3297 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
3298 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
3299 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
3300 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
3301 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
3302
3303 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
3304 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
3305 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
3306 used to change those values.
3307
3308 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
3309 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
3310 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
3311 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
3312 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
3313 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
3314
3315 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
3316 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
3317 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
3318 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
3319
3320 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
3321 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
3322 one top-level directory.
3323
3324 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3325 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
3326 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
3327 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
3328 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
3329 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
3330 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
3331 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
3332 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
3333 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
3334 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
3335 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
3336 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
3337 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
3338 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
3339
3340 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
3341 Meson-only.
3342
3343 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
3344 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
3345 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
3346 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
3347 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
3348 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
3349 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
3350 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
3351 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3352 acceptable to us.
3353
3354 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3355 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3356 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3357 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3358 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3359 requested at build time.
3360
3361 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3362 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3363 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3364 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3365 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3366 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3367 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3368 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3369 Type= setting which permits configuring
3370 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3371
3372 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3373 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3374 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3375 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3376 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3377 local frames between bridge ports.
3378
3379 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3380 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3381 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3382
3383 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3384 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3385
3386 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3387 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3388 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3389 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
3390
3391 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3392 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3393 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3394 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3395 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3396 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3397 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3398 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3399
3400 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3401 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3402 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3403 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3404 command.)
3405
3406 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3407 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3408 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3409
3410 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3411 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3412 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3413 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3414
3415 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3416 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3417 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3418 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3419 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3420 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3421 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3422 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3423 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3424 on systems where this is not supported.
3425
3426 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3427 sockets.
3428
3429 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3430 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3431 during runtime.
3432
3433 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3434 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3435 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3436
3437 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3438 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3439 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3440
3441 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3442 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3443 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3444 Following this logic, two new special targets
3445 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3446 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3447 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3448
3449 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3450 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3451 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3452 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3453
3454 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3455 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3456 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3457 --wait".
3458
3459 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3460 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3461 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3462 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3463 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3464 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3465 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3466 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3467 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3468
3469 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3470 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3471 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3472 invocation.
3473
3474 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3475 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3476 processes.
3477
3478 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3479 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3480 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3481 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3482 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3483 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3484 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3485 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3486 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3487 systems for all five operations.
3488
3489 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3490 the system.
3491
3492 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3493 than UTC or the local timezone.
3494
3495 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3496 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3497 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3498 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3499 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3500 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3501 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3502 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3503
3504 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3505 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3506 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3507 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3508 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3509 again.
3510
3511 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3512 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3513 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3514
3515 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3516 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3517 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3518 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3519 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3520 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3521 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3522 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3523 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3524 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3525 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3526 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3527 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3528 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3529 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3530 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3531 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3532 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3533 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3534 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3535
3536 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3537
3538 CHANGES WITH 234:
3539
3540 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3541 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3542 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3543 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3544 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3545 summary:
3546
3547 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3548
3549 becomes:
3550
3551 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3552
3553 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3554 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3555 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3556 .device units.
3557
3558 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3559 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3560 running a systemd user instance.
3561
3562 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3563 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3564 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3565 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3566 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3567 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3568
3569 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3570
3571 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3572 (domain search list).
3573
3574 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3575 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3576 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3577 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3578 implementation of RA.
3579
3580 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3581 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3582 ISO date values.
3583
3584 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3585 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3586 devices.
3587
3588 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3589 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3590 option.
3591
3592 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3593 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3594 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3595 default yet.
3596
3597 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3598 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3599 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3600 SHA256SUMS files.
3601
3602 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3603 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3604
3605 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3606
3607 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3608
3609 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3610 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3611
3612 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3613 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3614 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3615 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3616
3617 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3618 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3619 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3620 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3621 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3622 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3623 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3624 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3625 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3626 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3627
3628 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3629 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3630 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3631 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3632 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3633 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3634 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3635 after all the plugins exit.
3636
3637 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3638 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3639 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3640 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3641 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3642 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3643 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3644 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3645 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3646 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3647 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3648 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3649 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3650 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3651 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3652 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3653 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3654 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3655 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3656 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3657 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3658 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3659 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3660 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3661 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3662 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3663 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3664 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3665 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3666 Георгиевски
3667
3668 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
3669
3670 CHANGES WITH 233:
3671
3672 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
3673 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
3674 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
3675 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
3676 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
3677 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
3678 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
3679 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
3680 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
3681
3682 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
3683 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
3684 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
3685 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
3686 default selected on the configure command line
3687 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
3688 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
3689 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
3690 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
3691 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
3692 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
3693 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
3694 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
3695 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
3696 greatest stability and compatibility only.
3697
3698 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
3699 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
3700 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
3701 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
3702 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
3703 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
3704 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
3705 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
3706 further details about this.)
3707
3708 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
3709 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
3710 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
3711
3712 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
3713 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
3714
3715 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
3716 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
3717 with 'make install-tests'.
3718
3719 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
3720 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
3721 kernel.
3722
3723 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
3724 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
3725 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
3726 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
3727 by the Slice= option.
3728
3729 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
3730 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
3731 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
3732 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
3733
3734 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
3735 following choices:
3736
3737 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
3738 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
3739 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
3740 (h)elp
3741 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
3742 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
3743 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
3744 (y)es, execute the command
3745
3746 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
3747 because its meaning was confusing.
3748
3749 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
3750 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
3751
3752 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
3753 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
3754 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
3755
3756 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
3757 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
3758 state directly, without executing these commands.
3759
3760 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
3761 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
3762 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
3763
3764 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
3765 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
3766 combination with After=) have been started.
3767
3768 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
3769 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
3770 setting, and which system calls they contain.
3771
3772 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
3773 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
3774 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
3775 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
3776 configuration related calls.
3777
3778 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
3779 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
3780 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
3781 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
3782 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
3783 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
3784 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
3785
3786 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
3787 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
3788
3789 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
3790 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
3791 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
3792
3793 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
3794 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
3795
3796 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
3797 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
3798 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
3799 for compatibility.
3800
3801 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
3802 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
3803
3804 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
3805 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
3806
3807 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
3808 support for negative matching.
3809
3810 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
3811
3812 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
3813 permitted runtime of the mount command.
3814
3815 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
3816 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
3817 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
3818 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
3819 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
3820 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
3821 removed from the drive.
3822
3823 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
3824 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
3825
3826 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
3827 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
3828
3829 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
3830 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
3831 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
3832
3833 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
3834 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
3835 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
3836 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
3837 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
3838 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
3839 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
3840
3841 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
3842 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
3843 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
3844 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
3845 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
3846 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
3847
3848 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
3849 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
3850
3851 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
3852 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
3853 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
3854 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
3855 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
3856 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
3857 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
3858 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
3859
3860 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
3861 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
3862 including all control processes.
3863
3864 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
3865 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
3866 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
3867
3868 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3869 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
3870 prefixing the source path with "+".
3871
3872 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3873 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
3874 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
3875 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
3876 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
3877 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
3878 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
3879 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
3880
3881 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
3882 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
3883 before).
3884
3885 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
3886 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
3887 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
3888 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
3889 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
3890 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
3891 the new --root-hash= command line option).
3892
3893 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
3894 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
3895 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
3896 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
3897 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
3898 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
3899 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3900 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
3901 versions.
3902
3903 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
3904 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
3905 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
3906 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
3907 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
3908 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
3909 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
3910 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
3911 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
3912 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
3913 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
3914 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
3915 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
3916 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
3917 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
3918 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
3919 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
3920 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
3921 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
3922 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
3923 a Verity-enabled root partition.
3924
3925 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
3926 accelerometer quirks.
3927
3928 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
3929 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
3930 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
3931 ID of each service.
3932
3933 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
3934 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
3935 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
3936 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
3937 view.
3938
3939 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
3940 environment variables:
3941
3942 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
3943
3944 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
3945 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
3946 address.
3947
3948 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
3949 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
3950 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
3951
3952 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
3953 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
3954 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
3955 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
3956 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
3957 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
3958 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
3959 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
3960 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
3961 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
3962 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
3963 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
3964 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
3965
3966 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
3967 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
3968 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
3969
3970 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
3971 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
3972
3973 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
3974 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
3975 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
3976 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
3977 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
3978
3979 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
3980 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
3981 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
3982
3983 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
3984 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
3985
3986 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
3987 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
3988 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
3989 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
3990
3991 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
3992 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
3993 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
3994 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
3995 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
3996 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
3997 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
3998 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
3999 possibly even including full integrity data.
4000
4001 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4002 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4003 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4004 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4005 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4006
4007 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4008 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4009 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4010 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4011 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4012
4013 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4014 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4015 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4016 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4017
4018 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4019 of coredumps in reverse order.
4020
4021 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4022 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4023 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4024 additional informational message in its output.
4025
4026 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4027 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4028 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4029
4030 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4031 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4032 scripting languages such as Python.
4033
4034 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4035 namespacing is enabled for them.
4036
4037 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4038 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4039 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4040 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4041 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4042 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4043
4044 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4045 root key (KSK).
4046
4047 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4048 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4049 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4050
4051 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4052 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4053 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4054 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4055 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4056 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4057 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4058 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4059 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4060 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4061 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4062 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4063 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4064 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4065 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4066 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4067 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4068 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4069 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4070 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4071 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4072 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4073 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4074 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4075 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4076 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4077 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4078 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4079 Тихонов
4080
4081 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4082
4083 CHANGES WITH 232:
4084
4085 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4086 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4087 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4088 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4089 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4090 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4091
4092 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4093 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4094
4095 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4096 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4097 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4098
4099 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4100 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4101 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4102
4103 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4104 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4105 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4106 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4107
4108 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4109 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4110
4111 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4112 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4113 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4114
4115 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4116 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4117 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4118 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4119 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4120 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4121 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4122 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4123 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4124 permanent modifications to the system.
4125
4126 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4127 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4128 container or chroot environments.
4129
4130 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4131 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4132 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4133 mapped to nobody.
4134
4135 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4136 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4137 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4138 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4139
4140 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4141 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4142
4143 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4144 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4145 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4146 and the support is provisional.
4147
4148 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4149 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4150 unit files in the file system).
4151
4152 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4153 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4154 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4155 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4156 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4157 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4158 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4159 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4160 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4161 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4162 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4163 state is fixed automatically.
4164
4165 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4166 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4167 option.
4168
4169 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4170 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4171 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4172 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4173 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4174 else.
4175
4176 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4177 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4178 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4179 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4180 bootable on physical systems.
4181
4182 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4183
4184 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4185 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4186 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4187 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4188 used.
4189
4190 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4191 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4192 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4193 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4194
4195 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4196
4197 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4198 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4199 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4200 of the container).
4201
4202 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4203 files from the specified location.
4204
4205 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4206 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4207 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4208 be active.
4209
4210 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4211 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4212 trackball devices.
4213
4214 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4215 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4216 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4217
4218 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4219 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4220 specified service binary exited.)
4221
4222 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4223 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4224
4225 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4226 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4227 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4228 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4229 --since= and --until= options.
4230
4231 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4232 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4233 are automatically propagated to the container.
4234
4235 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4236 from a single IP address can be limited with
4237 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4238 MaxConnections=.
4239
4240 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
4241 configuration.
4242
4243 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
4244 drop-ins.
4245
4246 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
4247 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
4248 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
4249 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
4250 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
4251 [Link] section of .link files.
4252
4253 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
4254 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
4255 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
4256 section of .netdev files.
4257
4258 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4259 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
4260 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
4261
4262 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4263 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
4264 .network files.
4265
4266 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
4267 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
4268 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
4269 service runtime cycle.
4270
4271 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
4272 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4273 has been traditionally doing.
4274
4275 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
4276 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
4277 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
4278 prevent any later plugins from running.
4279
4280 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
4281 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
4282 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
4283 default of SplitMode=uid.
4284
4285 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
4286 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
4287 useful.
4288
4289 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
4290 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
4291 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
4292 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
4293 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
4294 individual namespaces.
4295
4296 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
4297 the output, as well as OS release information.
4298
4299 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
4300
4301 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
4302 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
4303 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
4304 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
4305 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
4306
4307 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
4308 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
4309 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
4310 severed.
4311
4312 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
4313 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
4314 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
4315 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
4316 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
4317 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
4318 information about exit statuses and results.
4319
4320 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
4321 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
4322 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
4323 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
4324 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
4325 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
4326
4327 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
4328
4329 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
4330 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
4331 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
4332 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
4333 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
4334 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
4335 entirely.
4336
4337 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
4338 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
4339 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
4340
4341 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
4342 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
4343 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
4344 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
4345 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
4346 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
4347 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
4348 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
4349 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
4350 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
4351 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
4352 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
4353 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4354 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4355 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4356 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4357 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4358
4359 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4360 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4361 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4362 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4363
4364 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4365 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4366 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4367 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4368
4369 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4370 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4371 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4372 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4373 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4374 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4375 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4376 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4377 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4378 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4379 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4380 fragment entirely.)
4381
4382 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4383 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4384 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4385
4386 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4387 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4388 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4389 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4390
4391 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4392 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4393 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4394 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4395 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4396 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4397
4398 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4399 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4400
4401 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4402 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4403
4404 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4405 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4406 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4407 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4408 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4409
4410 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4411 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4412 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4413 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4414 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4415 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4416 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4417 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4418 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4419 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4420 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4421 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4422 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4423 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4424 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4425 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4426 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4427 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4428 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4429 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4430 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4431 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4432 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4433 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4434 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4435 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4436
4437 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4438
4439 CHANGES WITH 231:
4440
4441 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4442 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4443 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4444 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4445 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4446 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4447 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4448 independently.
4449
4450 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4451 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4452
4453 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4454 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4455 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4456 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4457 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4458 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4459 values.
4460
4461 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4462 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4463 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4464 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4465 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4466
4467 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4468 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4469 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4470 7:10am every day.
4471
4472 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4473 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4474 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4475 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4476 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4477 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4478 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4479 available for compatibility.
4480
4481 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4482 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4483 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4484 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4485 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4486 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4487
4488 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4489 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4490 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4491 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4492 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4493 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4494 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4495 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4496 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4497
4498 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4499 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4500 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4501 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4502 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4503 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4504 desired options.
4505
4506 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4507 cgroup v2.
4508
4509 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4510 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4511 limited to subgroups of that group.
4512
4513 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4514 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4515 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4516 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4517 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4518 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4519 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4520 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4521
4522 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4523 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4524 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4525 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4526 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4527 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4528 own long-running services.
4529
4530 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4531 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4532 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4533 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4534
4535 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4536 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4537 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4538 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4539 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4540 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4541 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4542 primitives.
4543
4544 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4545 "terminate".
4546
4547 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4548 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4549
4550 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4551 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4552 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4553 --flush-caches".
4554
4555 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4556 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4557 is shown.
4558
4559 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4560 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4561 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4562 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4563 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4564 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4565
4566 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4567 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4568 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4569 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4570 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4571 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4572 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4573 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4574 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4575 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4576 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4577 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4578 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4579 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4580 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4581 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4582 bus API instead.
4583
4584 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4585 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4586 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4587 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4588
4589 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4590 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4591 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4592 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4593
4594 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4595 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4596 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4597
4598 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4599 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4600
4601 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4602 interface configuration.
4603
4604 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4605 specifying the --force switch.
4606
4607 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4608 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4609 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4610
4611 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4612 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4613 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4614 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4615 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4616 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4617 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4618 to be handled.
4619
4620 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4621 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4622
4623 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4624 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4625
4626 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4627 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4628 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4629
4630 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4631 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4632
4633 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4634 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4635 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4636 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4637 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4638 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4639 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4640 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4641 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4642 library.
4643
4644 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4645 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4646 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4647 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4648 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4649 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4650 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4651 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4652 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4653 doc/HACKING for details.
4654
4655 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4656 distribution's bugtracker.
4657
4658 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4659 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4660 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4661 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4662 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4663 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4664 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4665 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4666 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
4667 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
4668 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
4669 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
4670 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
4671 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
4672 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
4673 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
4674 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
4675 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
4676 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4677
4678 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
4679
4680 CHANGES WITH 230:
4681
4682 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
4683 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
4684 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
4685 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
4686 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
4687 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
4688 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
4689 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
4690 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
4691 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
4692 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
4693 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
4694 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
4695 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
4696 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
4697 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
4698 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
4699 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
4700 applications.)
4701
4702 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
4703 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
4704 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
4705
4706 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
4707 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
4708 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
4709 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
4710 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
4711 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
4712 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
4713
4714 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
4715 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
4716 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
4717 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
4718 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
4719 command works for tmux.
4720
4721 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
4722 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
4723 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
4724 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
4725 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
4726 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
4727
4728 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
4729 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
4730
4731 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
4732 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
4733 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
4734
4735 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
4736
4737 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
4738 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
4739 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
4740 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
4741 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
4742
4743 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
4744 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
4745 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
4746 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
4747
4748 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
4749 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
4750 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
4751 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
4752 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
4753 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
4754
4755 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
4756 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
4757 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
4758
4759 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
4760 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
4761 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
4762 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
4763 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
4764 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
4765
4766 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
4767 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
4768 address.
4769
4770 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
4771 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
4772 should be emitted.
4773
4774 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
4775 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
4776 supported.
4777
4778 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
4779 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
4780 logging performance.
4781
4782 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4783 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
4784 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
4785 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
4786 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
4787 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
4788
4789 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
4790 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
4791 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
4792 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
4793
4794 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
4795 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
4796
4797 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
4798 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
4799 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
4800
4801 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
4802
4803 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
4804 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
4805 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
4806 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
4807
4808 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
4809 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
4810 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
4811 refuse to operate on such files.
4812
4813 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
4814 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
4815 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
4816
4817 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
4818 just hidden container images.
4819
4820 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
4821 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
4822
4823 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
4824 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
4825 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
4826 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
4827 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
4828 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
4829 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
4830 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
4831 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
4832 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
4833 been changed to use this functionality by default.
4834
4835 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
4836 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
4837 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
4838 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
4839 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
4840 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
4841 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
4842 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
4843 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
4844 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
4845 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
4846 terminates.
4847
4848 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
4849 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
4850 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
4851 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
4852
4853 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
4854 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
4855 rate of the socket unit.
4856
4857 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
4858 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
4859 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
4860 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
4861 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
4862
4863 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
4864 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
4865 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
4866 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
4867 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
4868 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
4869 with this.
4870
4871 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
4872 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
4873
4874 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
4875 merged into the kernel in its current form.
4876
4877 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
4878 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
4879 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
4880 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
4881 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
4882
4883 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
4884 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
4885 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
4886
4887 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
4888 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
4889 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
4890 target is now included in early userspace.
4891
4892 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
4893 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
4894 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
4895 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
4896 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
4897 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
4898 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
4899 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
4900 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
4901 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
4902 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
4903 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
4904 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
4905 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
4906 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
4907 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
4908 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
4909 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
4910 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
4911 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4912 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
4913 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
4914 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
4915 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
4916 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4917 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4918
4919 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
4920
4921 CHANGES WITH 229:
4922
4923 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
4924 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
4925 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
4926 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
4927 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
4928 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
4929 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
4930 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
4931 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
4932 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
4933 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
4934 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
4935 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
4936
4937 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
4938 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
4939 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
4940 /usr/bin.
4941
4942 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
4943 devices.
4944
4945 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
4946 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
4947 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
4948 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
4949 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
4950 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
4951 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
4952 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
4953 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
4954 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
4955 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
4956 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
4957 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
4958 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
4959 this limit.
4960
4961 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
4962 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
4963 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
4964 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
4965 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
4966 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
4967 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
4968 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
4969
4970 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
4971 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
4972 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
4973 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
4974 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
4975 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
4976 and group at package installation time.
4977
4978 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
4979 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
4980 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
4981 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
4982 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
4983
4984 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
4985 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
4986 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
4987 supports it.
4988
4989 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
4990 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
4991
4992 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
4993 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
4994 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
4995 file is already initialized.
4996
4997 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
4998 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
4999 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5000 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5001 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5002 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5003 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5004 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5005 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5006
5007 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5008 working directory for the process started in the container.
5009
5010 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5011 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5012 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5013 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5014 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5015
5016 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5017 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5018 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5019
5020 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5021 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5022 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5023 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5024
5025 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5026 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5027 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5028 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5029 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5030
5031 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5032 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5033 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5034 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5035
5036 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5037 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5038 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5039 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5040 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5041 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5042 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5043 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5044 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5045 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5046 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5047 by PID 1.
5048
5049 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5050 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5051 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5052 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5053 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5054 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5055 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5056 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5057
5058 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5059
5060 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5061 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5062 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5063
5064 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5065 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5066 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5067 recent kernels.
5068
5069 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5070 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5071
5072 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5073 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5074 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5075 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5076 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5077 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5078 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5079 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5080 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5081 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5082 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5083 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5084 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5085
5086 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5087 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5088 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5089 clusters or larger setups.
5090
5091 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5092
5093 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5094 sockets.
5095
5096 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5097
5098 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5099 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5100 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5101 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5102 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5103 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5104
5105 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5106 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5107 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5108
5109 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5110 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5111 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5112 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5113
5114 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5115
5116 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5117 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5118 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5119 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5120 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5121 maintain compatibility.
5122
5123 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5124 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5125 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5126 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5127 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5128 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5129 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5130 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5131 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5132 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5133 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5134 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5135 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5136 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5137 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5138 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5139 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5140 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5141 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5142
5143 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5144
5145 CHANGES WITH 228:
5146
5147 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5148 files are now also available as properties to set when
5149 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5150 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5151 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5152 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5153 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5154 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5155 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5156
5157 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5158 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5159 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5160
5161 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5162 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5163 created transiently.
5164
5165 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5166 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5167 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5168 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5169 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5170 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5171 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5172 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5173
5174 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5175 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5176 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5177
5178 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5179 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5180 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5181 enabled.
5182
5183 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5184 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5185 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5186 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5187 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5188 subvolumes.
5189
5190 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5191 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5192
5193 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5194 individual indexes.
5195
5196 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5197 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5198 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5199 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5200 suffixes now.
5201
5202 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5203 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5204 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5205 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5206 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5207 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5208 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5209 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5210 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5211 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5212 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5213 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5214 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5215 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5216 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5217 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5218 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5219 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5220 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5221 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5222 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5223
5224 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5225 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5226 links between the host and the container.
5227
5228 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5229 added that allows importing select environment variables
5230 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5231 the service.
5232
5233 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5234 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5235 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5236 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5237 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5238 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
5239 than until they first elapse.
5240
5241 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
5242 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
5243 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
5244 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
5245 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
5246 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
5247 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
5248 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
5249
5250 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
5251 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
5252 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
5253 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
5254 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
5255 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
5256 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
5257 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
5258 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
5259 journal and in coredump handling.
5260
5261 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
5262 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
5263 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
5264 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
5265 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
5266 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
5267 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
5268 software you package still references it, as this is a
5269 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
5270 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
5271
5272 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
5273
5274 Note that only util-linux versions built with
5275 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
5276
5277 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
5278 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
5279 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
5280
5281 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
5282 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
5283 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
5284 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
5285 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
5286 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
5287 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
5288 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
5289 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
5290 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
5291 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
5292 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
5293 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
5294 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
5295 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
5296 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
5297
5298 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
5299 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
5300 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
5301 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
5302 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
5303 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
5304 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
5305 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
5306 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
5307 surprises.
5308
5309 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
5310 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
5311 to the various user database fields of the user that the
5312 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
5313 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
5314 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
5315 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
5316 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
5317 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
5318 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
5319 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
5320 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
5321 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
5322 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
5323 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
5324 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
5325 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
5326 of PID 1 is the root user).
5327
5328 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
5329 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
5330 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5331 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
5332 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5333 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
5334 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5335 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
5336 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5337 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
5338 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
5339 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
5340 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5341 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
5342 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5343
5344 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
5345
5346 CHANGES WITH 227:
5347
5348 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
5349 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
5350 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
5351
5352 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
5353 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5354 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5355 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5356 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5357 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5358
5359 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5360 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5361 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5362 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5363 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5364
5365 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5366 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5367 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5368 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5369 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5370 packets on unestablished sockets.
5371
5372 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5373 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5374 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5375 automatically.
5376
5377 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5378 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5379 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5380
5381 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5382 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5383 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5384 for disk IO.
5385
5386 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5387 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5388 removed.
5389
5390 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5391 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5392 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5393 configured in User=.
5394
5395 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5396 directory of the selected user by default.
5397
5398 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5399 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5400 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5401 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5402 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5403 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5404 compat reasons.
5405
5406 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5407 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5408 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5409 units.
5410
5411 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5412 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5413 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5414 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5415 level.
5416
5417 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5418 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5419 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5420 namespaces work correctly.
5421
5422 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5423 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5424 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5425 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5426 activation.
5427
5428 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5429 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5430 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5431 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5432 system instance in a container.
5433
5434 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5435 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5436 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5437 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5438 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5439 connections.
5440
5441 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5442 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5443
5444 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5445 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5446 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5447 processes attached, or similar.
5448
5449 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5450 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5451 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5452
5453 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5454 specifiers like %i or %f.
5455
5456 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5457 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5458 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5459 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5460
5461 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5462 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5463 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5464 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5465 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5466 descriptors using sd_notify().
5467
5468 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5469
5470 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5471 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5472
5473 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5474 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5475
5476 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5477 .network files.
5478
5479 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5480 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5481 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5482 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5483 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5484 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5485 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5486 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5487 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5488 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5489 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5490 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5491 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5492 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5493 gdm-autologin is used.
5494
5495 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5496 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5497 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5498 next to the image file.
5499
5500 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5501 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5502 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5503 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5504
5505 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5506 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5507 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5508 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5509 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5510 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5511
5512 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5513 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5514 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5515 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5516 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5517 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5518 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5519 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5520 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5521 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5522 number of files in place.
5523
5524 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5525 on kernels where that is supported.
5526
5527 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5528
5529 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5530 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5531 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5532 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5533 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5534 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5535 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5536 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5537 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5538 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5539 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5540 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5541 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5542 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5543 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5544 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5545 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5546 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5547
5548 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5549
5550 CHANGES WITH 226:
5551
5552 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5553 new features:
5554
5555 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5556 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5557 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5558 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5559 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5560 is any) is propagated.
5561
5562 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5563 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5564 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5565 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5566 information is enabled between host and containers by
5567 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5568 to what the host has set.
5569
5570 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5571 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5572
5573 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5574 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5575 information back, even if the server loses state.
5576
5577 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5578 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5579 PoolSize=.
5580
5581 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5582 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5583 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5584 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5585
5586 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5587 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5588 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5589 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5590 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5591
5592 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5593 for virtio devices.
5594
5595 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5596 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5597 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5598 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5599 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5600 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5601 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5602 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5603 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5604 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5605 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5606 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5607 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5608 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5609 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5610 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5611 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5612 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5613 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5614 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5615 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5616 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5617 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5618 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5619 grants them.
5620
5621 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5622 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5623 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5624 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5625 group tree.
5626
5627 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5628 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5629 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5630 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5631 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5632 work correctly in containers now.
5633
5634 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5635 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5636
5637 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5638 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5639 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5640 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5641 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5642
5643 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5644 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5645 signal events.
5646
5647 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5648 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5649 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5650 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5651
5652 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5653 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5654 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5655 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5656 nspawn command line.
5657
5658 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5659 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5660 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5661 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5662 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5663 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5664 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5665 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5666
5667 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
5668
5669 CHANGES WITH 225:
5670
5671 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
5672 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
5673 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
5674 shell directly without prompting for username or
5675 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
5676 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
5677 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
5678 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
5679 the originating session.
5680
5681 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
5682 options and allows other programs to query the values.
5683
5684 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
5685 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
5686 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
5687 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
5688 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
5689 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
5690 probably not stabilize on this release.
5691
5692 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
5693 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
5694 messages.
5695
5696 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
5697 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
5698 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
5699
5700 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
5701 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
5702
5703 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
5704 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
5705 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
5706 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
5707 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
5708 posteriori.
5709
5710 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
5711 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
5712
5713 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
5714 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
5715 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
5716 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
5717 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
5718 "lastlog" tools.
5719
5720 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
5721 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
5722 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
5723 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
5724 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
5725
5726 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
5727 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
5728 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
5729 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5730 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
5731 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
5732 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
5733 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
5734 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
5735 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
5736 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
5737 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5738
5739 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
5740
5741 CHANGES WITH 224:
5742
5743 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
5744 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
5745
5746 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
5747 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
5748 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
5749
5750 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
5751 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5752 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
5753
5754 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
5755
5756 CHANGES WITH 223:
5757
5758 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
5759 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
5760 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
5761 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5762
5763 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
5764 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
5765
5766 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
5767 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
5768
5769 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
5770
5771 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
5772 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
5773 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
5774
5775 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
5776 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
5777 decapsulated packet.
5778
5779 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
5780 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
5781 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
5782 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
5783 netlink attribute.
5784
5785 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
5786 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
5787 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
5788 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
5789
5790 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
5791 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
5792 according to RFC2460.
5793
5794 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
5795 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
5796
5797 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
5798 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
5799 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
5800
5801 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
5802 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
5803 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
5804 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
5805 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
5806 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
5807
5808 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
5809 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5810 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
5811 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5812 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5813 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
5814 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
5815 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
5816 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
5817 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5818
5819 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
5820
5821 CHANGES WITH 222:
5822
5823 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
5824 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
5825 or should be used to work around such bugs.
5826
5827 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
5828 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
5829
5830 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
5831 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
5832 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
5833 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
5834 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
5835
5836 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
5837 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
5838 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
5839
5840 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
5841 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
5842 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
5843 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
5844 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
5845
5846 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5847
5848 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
5849 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
5850 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
5851 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5852 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
5853 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5854 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
5855 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
5856 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5857 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5858
5859 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
5860
5861 CHANGES WITH 221:
5862
5863 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5864 stable and have been added to the official interface of
5865 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
5866 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
5867 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
5868 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
5869 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
5870 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
5871 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
5872 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5873 portable to other kernels.
5874
5875 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
5876 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
5877 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
5878 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
5879 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
5880 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
5881 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
5882 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
5883 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
5884 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
5885 systemd enabled.
5886
5887 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
5888 2.26.
5889
5890 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
5891 favor of calling an abstraction tool
5892 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
5893 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
5894 in README for details.
5895
5896 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
5897 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
5898 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
5899 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
5900 unit.
5901
5902 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
5903 into man pages.
5904
5905 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
5906 external project.
5907
5908 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
5909 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
5910
5911 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
5912 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
5913 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
5914 state.
5915
5916 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
5917 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
5918 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
5919
5920 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
5921 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
5922 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
5923 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
5924 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
5925 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
5926 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
5927 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
5928 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
5929 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5930 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
5931 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
5932 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
5933 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5934 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
5935 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5936
5937 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
5938
5939 CHANGES WITH 220:
5940
5941 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
5942 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
5943 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
5944 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
5945 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
5946 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
5947 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
5948 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
5949
5950 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
5951 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
5952 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
5953 service consumed). This value is only available if
5954 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
5955 in the "systemctl status" output.
5956
5957 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
5958 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
5959 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
5960 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
5961 previously was already the default behaviour).
5962
5963 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
5964 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
5965 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
5966
5967 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
5968 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
5969 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
5970 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
5971
5972 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
5973 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
5974 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
5975 journalling file systems that support external journal
5976 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
5977 systems to be mounted.
5978
5979 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
5980 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
5981 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
5982 stable release this should not be problematic.
5983
5984 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
5985 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
5986 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
5987 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
5988 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
5989
5990 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
5991 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
5992 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
5993 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
5994 network switches.
5995
5996 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
5997 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
5998
5999 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6000 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6001 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6002
6003 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6004
6005 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6006 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6007 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6008 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6009 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6010 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6011 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6012 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6013 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6014 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6015 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6016 been fixed in v220.
6017
6018 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6019 systemd-networkd.
6020
6021 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6022 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6023 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6024 containers started from the command line.
6025
6026 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6027 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6028
6029 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6030 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6031 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6032 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6033
6034 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6035 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6036 when shutting down.
6037
6038 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6039 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6040 overlayfs support.
6041
6042 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6043 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6044 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6045 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6046 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6047 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6048 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6049
6050 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6051 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6052 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6053
6054 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6055 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6056 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6057 of v1 as before).
6058
6059 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6060 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6061
6062 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6063 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6064 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6065 without further privileges or authorization.
6066
6067 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6068 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6069 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6070 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6071 accessible via a bus interface.
6072
6073 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6074 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6075 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6076 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6077 to cover this functionality.
6078
6079 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6080 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6081 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6082 disabled/masked also stopped.
6083
6084 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6085 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6086 updated to support systemd-boot.
6087
6088 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6089 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6090 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6091 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6092 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6093 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6094 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6095 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6096 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6097
6098 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6099 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6100 system.
6101
6102 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
6103 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
6104 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
6105 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
6106 device symlinks.
6107
6108 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6109 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6110 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6111 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6112
6113 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6114 stick devices has been added.
6115
6116 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6117 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6118
6119 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6120 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6121 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6122 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6123 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6124
6125 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6126 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6127 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6128
6129 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6130 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6131 Debian.
6132
6133 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6134 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6135 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6136
6137 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6138 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6139 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6140 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6141 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6142 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6143 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6144 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6145 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6146 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6147 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6148 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6149 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6150 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6151 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6152 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6153 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6154 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6155 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6156 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6157 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6158 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6159 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6160 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6161 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6162 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6163 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6164
6165 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6166
6167 CHANGES WITH 219:
6168
6169 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6170 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6171 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6172 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6173 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6174 interface with and update the database.
6175
6176 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6177 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6178 before bytewise copying is done.
6179
6180 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6181 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6182 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6183 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6184 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6185 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6186 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6187 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6188 available on btrfs file systems.
6189
6190 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6191 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6192 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6193 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6194 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6195 systems.
6196
6197 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6198 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6199 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6200 mount point remains.
6201
6202 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6203 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6204 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6205 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6206 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6207 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6208 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6209 are disabled.
6210
6211 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6212 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6213 container to the host or vice versa.
6214
6215 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6216 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6217 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6218
6219 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6220 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6221
6222 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6223 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6224 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6225 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6226 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6227 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6228 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6229 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6230 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6231 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6232 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6233 make the functionality of importd available to the
6234 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6235 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6236 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6237 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6238 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6239 only fully supported on btrfs.
6240
6241 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
6242 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
6243 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
6244 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
6245 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
6246 information about images.
6247
6248 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
6249 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
6250 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
6251 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
6252 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
6253 legacy file systems).
6254
6255 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
6256 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
6257 shown in networkctl output.
6258
6259 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
6260 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
6261 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
6262 processes as system services while interactively
6263 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
6264 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
6265 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
6266 full login session, the difference being that the former
6267 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
6268 setup.
6269
6270 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
6271 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
6272 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
6273 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
6274 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
6275
6276 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
6277 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
6278 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
6279 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
6280 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
6281 via qemu/kvm.
6282
6283 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
6284 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
6285 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
6286 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
6287 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
6288 disk images, too.
6289
6290 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
6291 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
6292 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
6293 integrate with that.
6294
6295 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
6296 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
6297 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
6298 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
6299
6300 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
6301 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
6302 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
6303
6304 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
6305 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
6306 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
6307 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
6308 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
6309 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
6310 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
6311 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
6312 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
6313 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
6314
6315 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
6316 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
6317 files.
6318
6319 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
6320 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
6321 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
6322 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
6323 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
6324 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
6325 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
6326 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
6327 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
6328 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
6329 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
6330 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
6331 explicitly turned on.
6332
6333 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
6334 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
6335 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
6336 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
6337
6338 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
6339 supported.
6340
6341 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
6342 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
6343 user/session following the status output. Similar,
6344 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
6345 associated with a virtual machine or container
6346 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
6347 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
6348 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
6349 output however.)
6350
6351 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
6352 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
6353 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6354 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6355 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6356 caller's session/user.
6357
6358 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6359 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6360 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6361 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6362 user services.
6363
6364 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6365 same way as unit files.
6366
6367 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6368 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6369 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6370 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6371 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6372 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6373 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6374 the host.
6375
6376 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6377 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6378 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6379 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6380 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6381 host.
6382
6383 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6384 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6385 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6386 updated to make use of it too by default.
6387
6388 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6389 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6390 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6391 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6392
6393 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6394 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6395 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6396 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6397 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6398 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6399 modification.
6400
6401 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6402 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6403 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6404 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6405 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6406 information about Touchpad types.
6407
6408 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6409 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6410
6411 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6412 Policy link field.
6413
6414 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6415 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6416
6417 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6418 ACLs on files.
6419
6420 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6421 tmpfs, automatically.
6422
6423 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6424 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6425 status" output, if available.
6426
6427 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6428 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6429 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6430 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6431 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6432 run on next reboot.
6433
6434 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6435 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6436 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6437 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6438 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6439 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6440 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6441
6442 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6443 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6444 after a configurable timeout.
6445
6446 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6447 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6448 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6449 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6450 it non-idle.
6451
6452 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6453 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6454
6455 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6456 each .network interface in networkd.
6457
6458 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6459 in .network files.
6460
6461 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6462 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6463
6464 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6465 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6466 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6467 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6468 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6469 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6470 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6471 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6472 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6473 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6474 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6475 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6476 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6477 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6478 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6479 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6480 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6481 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6482 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6483 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6484 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6485 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6486 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6487 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6488
6489 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6490
6491 CHANGES WITH 218:
6492
6493 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6494 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6495 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6496 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6497
6498 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6499 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6500 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6501 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6502 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6503
6504 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6505
6506 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6507 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6508 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6509 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6510 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6511 modified configuration after editing.
6512
6513 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6514 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6515 system preset files.
6516
6517 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
6518 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6519 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6520 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6521 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6522 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6523 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6524 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
6525 other contexts.
6526
6527 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6528 inhibitors.
6529
6530 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6531 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6532 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6533 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6534 managers.
6535
6536 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6537 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6538 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6539 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6540 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6541 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6542 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6543 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6544 parallel to journald.
6545
6546 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6547 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6548 available.
6549
6550 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6551 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6552 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6553 or are not older than the specified time.
6554
6555 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6556 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6557 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6558 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6559
6560 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6561 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6562 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6563 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6564 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6565 communication.
6566
6567 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6568 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6569 services.
6570
6571 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6572 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6573 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6574 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6575 the new "busctl tree" command.
6576
6577 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6578 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6579 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6580 friendly way.
6581
6582 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6583 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6584 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6585 race-ful way.
6586
6587 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6588 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6589 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6590 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6591 --link-journal=try-guest.
6592
6593 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6594 stable MAC addresses.
6595
6596 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6597 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6598 the respective unit shall use.
6599
6600 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6601 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6602 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6603 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6604
6605 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6606 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6607 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6608 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6609 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6610 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6611
6612 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6613 details see:
6614
6615 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6616
6617 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6618 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6619 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6620 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6621 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6622 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6623 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6624 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6625 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6626 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6627 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6628 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6629
6630 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6631 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6632 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6633 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6634 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6635
6636 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6637 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6638 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6639 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6640 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6641 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6642 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6643 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6644
6645 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6646 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6647 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6648 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6649 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6650 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6651 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6652 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6653 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6654 interface.
6655
6656 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6657 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6658 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6659 luks.name= argument.
6660
6661 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6662 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6663 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6664 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6665 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6666 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6667
6668 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
6669 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
6670 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
6671
6672 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
6673 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
6674 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6675 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
6676 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
6677 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
6678 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
6679 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6680 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
6681 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
6682 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
6683 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
6684 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
6685 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
6686 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
6687 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6688 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
6689 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6690
6691 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
6692
6693 CHANGES WITH 217:
6694
6695 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
6696 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
6697 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
6698 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
6699
6700 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
6701 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
6702 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
6703 now waits until the operation is complete.
6704
6705 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
6706 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
6707 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
6708 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
6709 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
6710 connection.
6711
6712 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
6713 commands anymore.
6714
6715 * User units are now loaded also from
6716 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
6717 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
6718 supported, but is under the control of the user.
6719
6720 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
6721 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
6722 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
6723 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
6724 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
6725 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
6726 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
6727 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
6728 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
6729 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
6730 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
6731 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
6732 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
6733 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
6734 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
6735 question.
6736
6737 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
6738 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
6739 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
6740
6741 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
6742 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
6743 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
6744 command line to trigger resume.
6745
6746 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
6747 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
6748 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
6749 Desktop=systemd-console.
6750
6751 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
6752 systemd-networkd.
6753
6754 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
6755 from the information provided by the networking stack
6756 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
6757
6758 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
6759 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
6760
6761 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
6762 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
6763 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
6764
6765 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
6766
6767 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
6768 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
6769 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
6770 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
6771 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
6772 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
6773
6774 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
6775 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
6776 respected.
6777
6778 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
6779 virtualization.
6780
6781 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
6782 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
6783 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
6784 on.
6785
6786 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
6787
6788 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
6789
6790 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
6791 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
6792 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
6793 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
6794 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
6795 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
6796 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
6797
6798 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
6799 available for service units, that allows locking all service
6800 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
6801 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
6802 from the service's view entirely.
6803
6804 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
6805 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
6806
6807 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
6808 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
6809 session.
6810
6811 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
6812 legacy-free systems.
6813
6814 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
6815 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
6816 easily.
6817
6818 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
6819 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
6820 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
6821 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
6822 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
6823 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
6824 option.
6825
6826 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
6827 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
6828 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
6829 /usr.
6830
6831 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
6832 services, not only the main process.
6833
6834 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
6835 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
6836 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
6837 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
6838 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
6839
6840 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
6841 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
6842 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
6843 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
6844 directly from now on, again.
6845
6846 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
6847 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
6848 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
6849 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
6850 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
6851 enabling and disabling.
6852
6853 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
6854 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
6855 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
6856 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
6857 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
6858 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
6859 unnecessary or unlikely.
6860
6861 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
6862 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
6863 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
6864 "annually", "hourly", ...).
6865
6866 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
6867 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
6868 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
6869 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
6870 overwritten at runtime.
6871
6872 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
6873 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
6874 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
6875 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
6876 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
6877 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
6878 segmentation fault.
6879
6880 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
6881 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
6882 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6883 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
6884 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
6885 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
6886 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
6887 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
6888 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
6889 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6890 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6891 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6892 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
6893 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
6894 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
6895 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
6896 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
6897 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
6898 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6899 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6900 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
6901 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6902
6903 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
6904
6905 CHANGES WITH 216:
6906
6907 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
6908 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
6909 implementations should add a
6910
6911 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
6912
6913 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
6914 default functionality.
6915
6916 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
6917 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
6918 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
6919 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
6920 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
6921 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
6922 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
6923 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
6924 files might need to be owned by them. A new
6925 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
6926 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
6927 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
6928 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
6929
6930 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
6931 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
6932 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
6933 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
6934 added eventually, too.
6935
6936 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
6937 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
6938 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
6939 new command to update these fields.
6940
6941 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
6942 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
6943 have been discovered via DHCP.
6944
6945 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
6946 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
6947 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
6948 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
6949 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
6950 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
6951 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
6952 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
6953 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
6954 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
6955 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
6956 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
6957 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
6958 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
6959 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
6960 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
6961 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
6962 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
6963 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
6964 implementation to systemd-resolved.
6965
6966 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
6967 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
6968 containers to their respective IP addresses.
6969
6970 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
6971 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
6972 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
6973 and present it to the user in a very friendly
6974 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
6975 control utility for networkd.
6976
6977 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
6978 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
6979 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
6980 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
6981 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
6982 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
6983 (NoDelay=).
6984
6985 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
6986 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
6987
6988 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
6989 be started only after time-sync.target has been
6990 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
6991 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
6992 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
6993 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
6994
6995 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
6996 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
6997 of the link.
6998
6999 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7000 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7001
7002 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7003 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7004
7005 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7006 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7007 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7008 for DHCP.
7009
7010 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7011 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7012 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7013 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7014 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7015 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7016 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7017 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7018
7019 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7020 validation of unit files.
7021
7022 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7023 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7024 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7025 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7026 address may now be configured.
7027
7028 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7029 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7030 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7031 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7032
7033 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7034 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7035
7036 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7037 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7038 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7039 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7040
7041 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7042 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7043 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7044 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7045 implementation.
7046
7047 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7048 journal data to a remote system running
7049 systemd-journal-remote.
7050
7051 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7052 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7053 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7054 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7055 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7056 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7057 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7058 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7059 version, you have to turn this option on again
7060 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7061
7062 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7063 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7064 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7065
7066 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7067 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7068
7069 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7070 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7071
7072 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7073 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7074 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7075
7076 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7077 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7078 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7079 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7080 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7081
7082 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7083
7084 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7085
7086 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7087 when primary addresses are removed.
7088
7089 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7090 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7091 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7092 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7093 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7094 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7095 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7096 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7097 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7098 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7099 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7100 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7101 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7102 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7103 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7104
7105 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7106
7107 CHANGES WITH 215:
7108
7109 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7110 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7111 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7112 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7113 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7114 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7115 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7116 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7117 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7118 require.
7119
7120 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7121 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7122
7123 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7124 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7125 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7126 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7127 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7128 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7129 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7130
7131 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7132 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7133 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7134 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7135 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7136 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7137 update or reset should use this condition and order
7138 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7139 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7140 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7141 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7142 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7143 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7144 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7145 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7146 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7147
7148 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7149
7150 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7151 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7152 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7153 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7154
7155 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7156 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7157 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7158 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7159 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7160 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7161 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7162 .network files using settings of this section should be
7163 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7164 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7165
7166 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7167 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7168
7169 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7170 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7171 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7172 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7173 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7174 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7175 of nspawn instances.
7176
7177 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7178 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7179 added.
7180
7181 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7182 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7183 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7184 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7185 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7186 configuration stored in /etc.
7187
7188 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7189 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7190 parsing of unknown mount options.
7191
7192 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7193 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7194 it already exist and not already be the correct
7195 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7196 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7197 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7198 pre-existing files of different types.
7199
7200 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7201 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7202 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7203 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7204 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7205 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7206 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7207
7208 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7209 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7210 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7211 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7212 shall be executed.
7213
7214 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7215 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7216 example whether it is fully up and running.
7217
7218 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7219 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7220 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7221 reset.
7222
7223 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7224 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7225
7226 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7227 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7228 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7229
7230 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7231 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7232 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7233
7234 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7235 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7236 access to this group.
7237
7238 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7239 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
7240 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
7241 to the journal.
7242
7243 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
7244 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
7245 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
7246 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
7247 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
7248 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
7249
7250 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
7251 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
7252 that makes sure to only show information about the most
7253 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
7254 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
7255 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
7256 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
7257 the old name to the new name.
7258
7259 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
7260 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
7261 coredumpctl without restrictions.
7262
7263 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
7264 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
7265 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
7266 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
7267 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
7268 "systemd-debug-generator".
7269
7270 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
7271 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
7272 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
7273 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
7274 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
7275 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
7276 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
7277 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
7278 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
7279 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
7280 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
7281
7282 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
7283 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
7284 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
7285 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
7286 been added to query many of these paths for the local
7287 machine and user.
7288
7289 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
7290 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
7291 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
7292 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
7293 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
7294
7295 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
7296 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
7297 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
7298 couple of drop-in directories.
7299
7300 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
7301 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
7302 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
7303 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
7304 for dev_port.
7305
7306 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
7307 container (read from /etc/os-release and
7308 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
7309 "machinectl status" for a machine.
7310
7311 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
7312 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
7313 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
7314 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
7315 Restart= setting.
7316
7317 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
7318 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
7319 directly connect to a specific container on the
7320 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
7321 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
7322 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
7323 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
7324 containers is a privileged operation.
7325
7326 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
7327 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
7328 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
7329 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
7330 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7331 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
7332 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7333 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
7334 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
7335 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
7336 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
7337 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7338
7339 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
7340
7341 CHANGES WITH 214:
7342
7343 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
7344 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
7345 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
7346 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
7347 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
7348 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
7349 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
7350 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
7351 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
7352 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
7353 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7354 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7355 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7356 devices are excluded from this logic.
7357
7358 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7359 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7360 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7361 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7362 change has been released.
7363
7364 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7365 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7366 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7367
7368 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7369 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7370 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7371 with fewer privileges.
7372
7373 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7374 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7375 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7376 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7377
7378 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7379 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7380
7381 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7382 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7383
7384 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7385 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7386 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7387
7388 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7389 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7390 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7391 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7392 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7393 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7394
7395 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7396 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7397 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7398
7399 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7400 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7401 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7402 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7403 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7404 modifications of user data or system files from
7405 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7406 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7407
7408 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7409 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7410 and FIFOs in the file system.
7411
7412 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7413 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7414 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7415
7416 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7417 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7418 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7419 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7420 the socket itself.
7421
7422 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7423 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7424 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7425 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7426 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7427 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7428 symlinks, and nothing else.
7429
7430 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7431 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7432 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7433 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7434 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7435 process (for example, the parent process). The
7436 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7437 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7438 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7439 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7440 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7441 messages to services when the originating process already
7442 vanished.
7443
7444 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7445 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7446 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7447 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7448 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7449 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7450 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7451 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7452 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7453 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7454 all long-running services.
7455
7456 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7457 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7458 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7459 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7460 service.
7461
7462 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7463 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7464 applied to all submounts, too.
7465
7466 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7467
7468 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7469 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7470 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7471 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7472 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7473 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7474 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7475
7476 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7477 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7478 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7479 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7480 (domU) domains.
7481
7482 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7483 files or entire directories.
7484
7485 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7486 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7487 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7488 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7489 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7490
7491 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7492 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7493 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7494 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7495 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7496 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7497 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7498 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7499 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7500 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7501 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7502 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7503
7504 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7505 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7506 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7507 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7508
7509 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7510 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7511 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7512 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7513 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7514 non-directories.
7515
7516 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7517 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7518 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7519
7520 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7521 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7522 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7523 this group.
7524
7525 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7526 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7527 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7528 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7529 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7530 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7531 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7532
7533 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7534
7535 CHANGES WITH 213:
7536
7537 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7538 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7539 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7540 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7541 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7542 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7543 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7544 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7545 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7546 client should be more than appropriate for most
7547 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7548 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7549 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7550 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7551 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7552 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7553 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7554 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7555 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7556 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7557 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7558
7559 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7560 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7561 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7562 part of a different namespace.
7563
7564 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7565 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7566 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7567 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7568
7569 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7570 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7571 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7572
7573 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7574 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7575 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7576 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7577 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7578 restart the service in question.
7579
7580 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7581 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7582 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7583 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7584 details when running non-locally.
7585
7586 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7587 graphs it generates.
7588
7589 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7590 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7591 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7592 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7593 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7594
7595 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7596
7597 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7598 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7599 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7600 what it was on SysV systems.
7601
7602 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7603 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7604
7605 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7606 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7607 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7608
7609 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7610 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7611 to show these addresses in its output.
7612
7613 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7614 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7615 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7616 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7617 preferred over a text one.
7618
7619 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7620 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7621 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7622 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7623 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7624 mDNS cache.
7625
7626 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7627 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7628 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7629 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7630 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7631
7632 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7633 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7634 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7635 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7636 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7637
7638 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7639 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7640 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7641 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7642 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7643 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7644 overrides any other settings.
7645
7646 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7647 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7648 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7649 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7650 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7651 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7652 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7653 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7654 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7655 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7656 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7657 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7658 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7659 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7660 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7661 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7662 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7663
7664 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7665
7666 CHANGES WITH 212:
7667
7668 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
7669 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
7670 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
7671 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
7672 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
7673 by accident.
7674
7675 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
7676 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
7677 registered with machined.
7678
7679 * sd-login gained new calls
7680 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
7681 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
7682 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
7683 counterparts.
7684
7685 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
7686 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
7687 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
7688 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
7689 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
7690 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
7691 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
7692 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
7693 once.
7694
7695 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
7696 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
7697 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
7698
7699 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
7700 units on all local containers, when used with the
7701 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
7702 executed when no parameters are specified).
7703
7704 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
7705 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
7706 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
7707 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
7708
7709 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
7710 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
7711 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
7712 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
7713 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
7714 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
7715
7716 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
7717 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
7718 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
7719 of the container.
7720
7721 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
7722 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
7723 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
7724 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
7725 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
7726 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
7727 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
7728 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
7729
7730 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
7731 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
7732 instead of /.
7733
7734 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
7735 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
7736 emergency messages now.
7737
7738 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
7739 journal log messages across the network.
7740
7741 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
7742 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
7743 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
7744 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
7745 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
7746 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
7747 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
7748
7749 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
7750 down a local OS container.
7751
7752 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
7753 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
7754 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
7755
7756 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
7757 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
7758 this is appropriate.
7759
7760 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
7761 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
7762 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
7763
7764 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
7765 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
7766 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
7767 for debugging purposes.
7768
7769 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
7770 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
7771 in seconds.
7772
7773 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
7774 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
7775 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
7776 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
7777 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
7778 like on traditional inetd.
7779
7780 * A new system.conf configuration option
7781 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
7782 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
7783
7784 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
7785 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
7786 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
7787 do these days).
7788
7789 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
7790 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
7791 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
7792 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
7793 could not take place because the system was powered off.
7794 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
7795
7796 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
7797 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
7798 it will be triggered.
7799
7800 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
7801 addresses to its local interfaces.
7802
7803 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
7804 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
7805 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
7806 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
7807 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
7808 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
7809 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
7810 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
7811 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7812
7813 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
7814
7815 CHANGES WITH 211:
7816
7817 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
7818 added to restrict which socket address families unit
7819 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
7820 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
7821 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
7822 is built on seccomp system call filters.
7823
7824 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
7825 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
7826 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
7827 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
7828 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
7829 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
7830 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
7831 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
7832 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
7833
7834 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
7835 matching against device group names.
7836
7837 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
7838 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
7839 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
7840 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
7841 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
7842 though.
7843
7844 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
7845 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
7846 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
7847 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
7848 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7849 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
7850 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
7851 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
7852 systems prepared appropriately.
7853
7854 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
7855 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
7856 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7857 (see above). This means that installations made with
7858 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
7859 deployed using container managers, completely
7860 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
7861 this feature soon, too.)
7862
7863 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
7864 set up a private macvlan interface for the
7865 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
7866 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
7867
7868 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
7869 using IPv4LL.
7870
7871 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
7872 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
7873 systemd-networkd.
7874
7875 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
7876 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
7877 still not a public API though (unless you specify
7878 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
7879 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
7880
7881 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
7882 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
7883 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
7884 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
7885 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
7886 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
7887 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
7888 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
7889 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
7890 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
7891 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
7892 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
7893 users.
7894
7895 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
7896 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
7897 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
7898 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
7899 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
7900 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
7901 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
7902 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
7903 due to a closed lid.
7904
7905 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
7906 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
7907 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
7908 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
7909 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
7910 order to then act as suspend blocker.
7911
7912 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
7913 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
7914 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
7915 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
7916 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
7917
7918 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
7919 now also work in --scope mode.
7920
7921 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
7922 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
7923 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
7924 promises are made.)
7925
7926 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
7927 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
7928 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
7929 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7930 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
7931 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
7932 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
7933 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
7934 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
7935 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7936
7937 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
7938
7939 CHANGES WITH 210:
7940
7941 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
7942 according to SMACK rules.
7943
7944 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
7945 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
7946
7947 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
7948 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
7949 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
7950
7951 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
7952 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
7953 and machine ID.
7954
7955 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
7956 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
7957 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
7958 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
7959 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
7960 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
7961 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
7962 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
7963 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
7964 backpack or similar.
7965
7966 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
7967 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
7968 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
7969 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
7970 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
7971 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
7972 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
7973 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
7974 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
7975 this on its own.
7976
7977 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
7978 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
7979 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
7980 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
7981
7982 * We will now ship a default .network file for
7983 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
7984 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
7985 --network-bridge= switches.
7986
7987 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
7988 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
7989 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
7990 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
7991 metrics, according to what is customary according to
7992 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
7993 each configuration option.
7994
7995 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
7996 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
7997 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
7998 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
7999 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
8000
8001 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8002 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8003 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8004 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8005 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8006
8007 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8008 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8009 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8010 default however.
8011
8012 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8013 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8014 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8015 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8016 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8017 them with systemd-networkd.
8018
8019 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8020 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8021 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8022 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8023 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8024 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8025 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8026 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8027 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8028 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8029 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8030 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8031 during a transitional period!
8032
8033 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8034 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8035
8036 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8037 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8038 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8039 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8040 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8041 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8042 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8043 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8044
8045 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8046
8047 CHANGES WITH 209:
8048
8049 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8050 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8051 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8052 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8053 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8054 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8055 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8056 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8057 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8058 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8059 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8060 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8061
8062 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8063 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8064 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8065 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8066 machines and the like.
8067
8068 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8069 shutdown/boot.
8070
8071 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8072 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8073
8074 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8075 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8076 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8077 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8078
8079 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8080 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8081 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8082 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8083 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8084 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8085
8086 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8087 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8088 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8089 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8090 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8091 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8092 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8093 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8094 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8095
8096 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8097 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8098
8099 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8100 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8101 implementation.
8102
8103 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8104 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8105 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8106 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8107 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8108 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8109 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8110 and .service units.
8111
8112 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8113 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8114 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8115
8116 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8117 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8118 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8119 nothing makes use of it.
8120
8121 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8122 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8123 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8124
8125 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8126 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8127 compatibility purposes.
8128
8129 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8130 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8131 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8132 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8133 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8134 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8135 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8136 process handling.
8137
8138 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8139 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8140 style to "sd-bus.h".
8141
8142 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8143 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8144 "systemd-networkd".
8145
8146 * There is a new kernel command line option
8147 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8148 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8149 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8150 are not restored.
8151
8152 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8153 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8154 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8155 PID1's support for that anymore.
8156
8157 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8158 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8159
8160 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8161 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8162 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8163 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8164 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8165 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8166
8167 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8168 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8169 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8170 onto remote systems.
8171
8172 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8173 login in any local container. This works with any container
8174 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8175 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8176
8177 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8178 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8179 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8180 system of some kind.
8181
8182 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8183 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8184 next.
8185
8186 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8187 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8188 reboot() system call.
8189
8190 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8191 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8192 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8193 still available but not advertised anymore.
8194
8195 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8196 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8197 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8198 within each Unit.
8199
8200 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8201 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8202 the kernel).
8203
8204 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8205 timestamps (following the setting in
8206 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8207
8208 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8209 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8210
8211 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8212 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8213
8214 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8215 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8216 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8217
8218 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8219 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8220 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8221 the full configuration is shown.
8222
8223 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8224 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8225 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8226
8227 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8228
8229 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8230 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8231
8232 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8233 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8234 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8235 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8236
8237 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8238 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8239 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
8240 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
8241
8242 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
8243 of the legend text.
8244
8245 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
8246 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
8247 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
8248 remote sessions.
8249
8250 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
8251 information of SDIO devices.
8252
8253 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
8254 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
8255 the system manager.
8256
8257 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
8258 short description of the connection parameters in the
8259 description.
8260
8261 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
8262 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
8263 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
8264 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
8265 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
8266 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
8267 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
8268
8269 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
8270 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
8271 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
8272 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
8273 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
8274 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
8275 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8276 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
8277 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
8278
8279 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
8280 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
8281 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
8282 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8283 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
8284 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
8285 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
8286 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
8287 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
8288 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
8289 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
8290 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
8291 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
8292 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
8293 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
8294 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
8295 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
8296 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
8297 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8298 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
8299 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
8300 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
8301 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
8302
8303 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
8304 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8305 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
8306 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
8307 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
8308 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
8309 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
8310 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
8311 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
8312 that you are aware of the instability of the current
8313 APIs.
8314
8315 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
8316 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8317 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
8318 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
8319 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
8320 declare the APIs stable.
8321
8322 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
8323 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8324 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
8325 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8326 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
8327 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
8328 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
8329 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
8330 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
8331 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
8332 one of them is updated.
8333
8334 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
8335 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
8336 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
8337 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
8338 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
8339
8340 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
8341 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
8342 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
8343 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8344 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
8345 entry points.
8346
8347 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
8348 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
8349 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
8350 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8351 been disabled at compile-time.
8352
8353 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8354 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8355 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8356 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8357
8358 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8359 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8360 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8361
8362 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8363 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8364 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8365
8366 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8367 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8368 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8369
8370 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8371 remains until jobs expire.
8372
8373 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8374 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8375 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8376 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8377 all remaining processes of the service.
8378
8379 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8380 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8381 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8382 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8383 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8384 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8385 manager process which created them takes no further
8386 responsibilities for it.
8387
8388 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8389 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8390 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8391 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8392 marked executable or world-writable.
8393
8394 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8395 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8396 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8397 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8398
8399 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8400 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8401 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8402 independent of the host.
8403
8404 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8405 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8406 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8407 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8408
8409 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8410 with specific SELinux labels set.
8411
8412 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8413 any additional output but the container's own console
8414 output.
8415
8416 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8417 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8418
8419 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8420 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8421 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8422 OS images, but only specific apps.
8423
8424 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8425 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8426 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8427 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8428
8429 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8430 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8431 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8432 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8433 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8434 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8435
8436 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8437 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8438 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8439 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8440 units to use.
8441
8442 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8443 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8444 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8445 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8446
8447 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8448 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8449 context for a service.
8450
8451 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8452 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8453 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8454 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8455 influence this logic.
8456
8457 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8458 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8459 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8460 other things.
8461
8462 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8463 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8464 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8465 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8466 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8467 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8468 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8469 architectures). There is also a global
8470 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8471 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8472
8473 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8474 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8475
8476 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8477 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8478 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8479 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8480 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8481 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8482 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8483 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8484 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8485 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8486 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8487 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8488 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8489 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8490 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8491 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8492 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8493 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8494 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8495 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8496 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8497 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8498 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8499 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8500
8501 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8502
8503 CHANGES WITH 208:
8504
8505 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8506 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8507 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8508 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8509 access input and drm devices which are normally
8510 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8511 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8512 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8513 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8514 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8515 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8516 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8517 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8518
8519 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8520 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8521 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8522
8523 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8524 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8525 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8526 kernel version number.
8527
8528 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8529 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8530 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8531
8532 * This release removes high-level support for the
8533 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8534 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8535 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8536 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8537
8538 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8539 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8540 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8541 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8542 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8543 cgroup system.
8544
8545 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8546 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8547 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8548 logs among other things.
8549
8550 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8551 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8552 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8553 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8554 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8555 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8556 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8557 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8558 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8559 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8560 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8561 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8562 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8563 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8564 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8565 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8566 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8567 not delayed until next reboot.
8568
8569 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8570 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8571 systemd generated files in one directory.
8572
8573 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8574 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8575 performance information if that's available to determine how
8576 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8577 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8578 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8579
8580 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8581 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8582 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8583 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8584 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8585 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8586 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8587
8588 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8589
8590 CHANGES WITH 207:
8591
8592 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8593 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8594 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8595 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8596
8597 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8598 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8599 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8600 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8601 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8602
8603 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8604 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8605
8606 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8607 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8608 maximum number of tries.
8609
8610 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8611 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8612 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8613
8614 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8615 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8616
8617 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8618 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8619 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8620
8621 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8622 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8623 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8624
8625 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8626 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8627 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8628 and type).
8629
8630 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8631 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8632
8633 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8634 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8635 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8636 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8637
8638 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8639 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8640 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8641 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8642 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8643 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8644 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8645 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8646
8647 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8648 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8649 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8650 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8651
8652 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8653 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8654 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8655 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8656 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8657 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8658 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8659
8660 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8661 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8662
8663 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8664 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8665 automatically after the process terminated.
8666
8667 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
8668 certain paths from operation.
8669
8670 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
8671 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
8672 is received.
8673
8674 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
8675 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
8676 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
8677 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
8678 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
8679 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
8680 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8681 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
8682 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8683 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
8684 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8685 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
8686 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8687
8688 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
8689
8690 CHANGES WITH 206:
8691
8692 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
8693 concepts introduced with 205.
8694
8695 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
8696 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
8697 -r".
8698
8699 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
8700 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
8701 --state= parameter.
8702
8703 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
8704 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
8705 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
8706 the journal.
8707
8708 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
8709 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
8710 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
8711
8712 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
8713 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
8714 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
8715 browsing logs from that point on.
8716
8717 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
8718 of an FSS key.
8719
8720 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
8721 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
8722 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
8723 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
8724 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
8725 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
8726 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
8727 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
8728 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
8729 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
8730 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
8731 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
8732 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
8733 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
8734
8735 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
8736 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
8737 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
8738 backing module right-away.
8739
8740 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
8741 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
8742
8743 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
8744 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
8745
8746 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
8747 set of processes in the message metadata.
8748
8749 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
8750
8751 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
8752 support for passing performance data via environment
8753 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
8754 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
8755 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
8756 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
8757 deserialize it again.
8758
8759 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
8760 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
8761 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
8762 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
8763
8764 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
8765 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
8766 completely silent shutdown when used.
8767
8768 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
8769 option in .socket units.
8770
8771 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
8772 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
8773 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
8774 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
8775 system.slice as before.
8776
8777 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
8778
8779 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
8780 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
8781 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8782 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
8783 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
8784 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
8785 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8786
8787 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
8788
8789 CHANGES WITH 205:
8790
8791 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
8792
8793 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
8794 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
8795 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
8796 possible for system services and applications to group their
8797 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
8798 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
8799 together, or apply resource limits on them.
8800
8801 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
8802 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
8803 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
8804 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
8805 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
8806
8807 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
8808 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
8809 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
8810 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
8811
8812 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
8813 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
8814 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
8815 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
8816 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
8817 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
8818 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
8819 and useful as a general batch manager.
8820
8821 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
8822 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
8823 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
8824 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
8825 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
8826 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
8827 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
8828 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
8829 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
8830 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
8831
8832 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
8833 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
8834 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
8835 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
8836 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
8837 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
8838 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
8839 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
8840 is compile-time optional.
8841
8842 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
8843 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
8844 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
8845 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
8846 well as slice units.
8847
8848 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
8849 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
8850 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
8851 but will be extended later on to make more properties
8852 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
8853 command that wraps this call.
8854
8855 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
8856 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
8857 while configuring a number of settings via the command
8858 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
8859 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
8860 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
8861 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
8862
8863 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
8864 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
8865 off audit.
8866
8867 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
8868 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
8869
8870 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
8871 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
8872 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
8873 and system logs.
8874
8875 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
8876 snippets extending unit files.
8877
8878 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
8879 not available as public API.
8880
8881 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
8882 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
8883 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
8884
8885 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
8886 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
8887 controls what to boot into by default.
8888
8889 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
8890 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
8891
8892 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
8893 generators needed for execution, as well as information
8894 about the unit file loading.
8895
8896 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
8897 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
8898 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
8899 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
8900 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
8901 racy due to journal file rotation.
8902
8903 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
8904 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
8905 all services.
8906
8907 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
8908 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
8909 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
8910 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
8911 system services want to log events about specific client
8912 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
8913 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
8914 unit is requested.
8915
8916 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
8917 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
8918 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
8919 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
8920 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
8921 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8922 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
8923 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
8924 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
8925 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
8926 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8927 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
8928 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
8929
8930 CHANGES WITH 204:
8931
8932 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
8933 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
8934
8935 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
8936 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
8937 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
8938
8939 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
8940 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8941
8942 CHANGES WITH 203:
8943
8944 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
8945 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
8946
8947 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
8948 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
8949 fields, including the root directory.
8950
8951 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
8952 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
8953 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
8954 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
8955 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
8956 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
8957 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
8958 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
8959 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
8960 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
8961 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
8962
8963 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
8964 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
8965
8966 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
8967 have taken an inhibitor lock.
8968
8969 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
8970 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
8971 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
8972 the local hostname.
8973
8974 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
8975 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
8976 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
8977 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
8978 VMs/containers coming and going.
8979
8980 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
8981 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
8982 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
8983
8984 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
8985 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
8986 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
8987 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
8988
8989 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
8990 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
8991 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
8992
8993 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
8994 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
8995 services. With the container's root directory in
8996 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
8997 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
8998
8999 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9000 the processes within a certain container.
9001
9002 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9003 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9004 check though. Patches welcome!
9005
9006 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9007 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9008 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9009 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9010 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9011
9012 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9013 the passed argument if applicable.
9014
9015 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9016 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9017 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9018 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9019 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9020 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9021 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9022 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9023
9024 CHANGES WITH 202:
9025
9026 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9027 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9028 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9029 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9030 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9031 units activate.
9032
9033 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9034 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9035 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9036 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9037 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9038 for now, and not installable.
9039
9040 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9041 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9042 can run in conjunction with udev.
9043
9044 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9045 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9046 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9047 session manager.
9048
9049 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9050 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9051 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9052 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9053 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9054 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9055 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9056 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9057 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9058 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9059 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9060
9061 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9062
9063 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9064 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9065 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9066 logical expressions.
9067
9068 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9069 switches.
9070
9071 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9072 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9073 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9074 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9075 the user.
9076
9077 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9078 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9079 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9080 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9081 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9082 an entry.
9083
9084 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9085 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9086 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9087 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9088 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9089 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9090
9091 CHANGES WITH 201:
9092
9093 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9094 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9095 directory.
9096
9097 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9098 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9099 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9100 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9101 problem.
9102
9103 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9104 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9105 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9106 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9107
9108 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9109 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9110
9111 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9112 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9113 files in this context are files such as
9114 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9115
9116 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9117 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9118 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9119 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9120 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9121 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9122
9123 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9124 hostnames.
9125
9126 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9127 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9128 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9129 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9130 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9131 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9132 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9133 all time-related output of systemd.
9134
9135 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9136 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9137 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9138 loops.
9139
9140 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9141 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9142
9143 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9144 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9145 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9146 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9147 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9148
9149 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9150 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9151 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9152 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9153 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9154 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9155 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9156
9157 CHANGES WITH 200:
9158
9159 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9160 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9161 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9162 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9163 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9164 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9165
9166 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9167 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9168 images.
9169
9170 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9171 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9172 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9173
9174 CHANGES WITH 199:
9175
9176 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9177
9178 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9179 security policy.
9180
9181 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9182 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9183 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9184 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9185 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9186 the same service can still access). When a service is
9187 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9188 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9189 this though).
9190
9191 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9192 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9193 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9194 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9195 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9196 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9197
9198 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9199 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9200
9201 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9202 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9203
9204 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9205
9206 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9207 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9208 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9209 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9210 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9211
9212 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9213 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9214 system is to be mounted.
9215
9216 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9217 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9218 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9219 purpose for socket units.
9220
9221 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9222 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9223
9224 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9225 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9226 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9227 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9228 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9229
9230 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9231 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9232 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9233 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9234 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9235 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9236 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9237 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9238 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9239
9240 CHANGES WITH 198:
9241
9242 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
9243 files without having to edit/override the unit files
9244 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
9245 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
9246 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
9247 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
9248 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
9249 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
9250 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
9251 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
9252 unit files locally: copying the files from
9253 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
9254 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
9255 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
9256 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
9257 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
9258 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
9259 for them too.
9260
9261 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
9262 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
9263 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
9264 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
9265 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
9266 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
9267 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
9268 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
9269 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
9270
9271 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
9272 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
9273
9274 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
9275 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
9276 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
9277 other users.
9278
9279 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
9280 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
9281 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
9282 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
9283 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
9284 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
9285 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
9286 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
9287 management logic is also available to other programs via the
9288 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
9289 supported.
9290
9291 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
9292 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
9293 the foreground VT.
9294
9295 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
9296 call.
9297
9298 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
9299 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
9300 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
9301 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
9302 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
9303 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
9304 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
9305 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
9306 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
9307 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
9308 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
9309 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
9310 also been removed.
9311
9312 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
9313 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
9314 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
9315 objects themselves.
9316
9317 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
9318
9319 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
9320 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
9321 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
9322 to how this is supported in shells.
9323
9324 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
9325 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
9326 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
9327 user systemd instance.
9328
9329 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
9330 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
9331 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
9332 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
9333 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
9334 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
9335 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
9336 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
9337 one day for good in the kernel.
9338
9339 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
9340 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
9341 container.
9342
9343 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
9344 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
9345 the host into the container.
9346
9347 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
9348 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
9349 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
9350 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
9351 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
9352 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9353
9354 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9355
9356 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9357 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9358 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9359 configured to be mounted there.
9360
9361 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9362 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9363 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9364 system resume events.
9365
9366 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9367 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9368 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9369 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9370
9371 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9372 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9373 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9374 card).
9375
9376 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9377 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9378 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9379
9380 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9381 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9382 later "change" event.
9383
9384 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9385 now carry a message ID.
9386
9387 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9388 continues to be work in progress.
9389
9390 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9391 root directory to operate relative to.
9392
9393 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9394 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9395 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9396 times a little.
9397
9398 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9399 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9400 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9401 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9402 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9403 request boot into firmware operations.
9404
9405 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9406 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9407 correctly in initrds.
9408
9409 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9410 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9411
9412 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9413 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9414
9415 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9416 the status of all active or failed units.
9417
9418 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9419 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9420 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9421 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9422 requests more robust.
9423
9424 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9425 reading journal files.
9426
9427 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9428 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9429
9430 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9431
9432 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9433 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9434
9435 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9436 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9437 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9438 socket activation in daemons.
9439
9440 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9441 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9442
9443 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9444 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9445 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9446
9447 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9448 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9449 system units.
9450
9451 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9452 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9453 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9454
9455 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9456 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9457 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9458 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9459 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9460 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9461 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9462 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9463 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9464 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9465 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9466 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9467 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9468 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9469 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9470 package installation time.
9471
9472 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9473 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9474 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9475 installation time.
9476
9477 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9478 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9479
9480 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9481
9482 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9483 available.
9484
9485 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9486 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9487
9488 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9489 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9490 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9491 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9492 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9493 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9494 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9495 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9496 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9497 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9498 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9499 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9500 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9501 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9502
9503 CHANGES WITH 197:
9504
9505 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9506 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9507 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9508 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9509 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9510 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9511 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9512 the supported calendar time specification language see
9513 systemd.time(7).
9514
9515 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9516 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9517 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9518 document for details:
9519
9520 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9521
9522 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9523 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9524 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9525 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9526 dependencies.
9527
9528 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9529 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9530 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9531 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9532 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9533 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9534 with a configure switch.
9535
9536 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9537 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9538 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9539 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9540 such as ext4.
9541
9542 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9543 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9544 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9545
9546 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9547 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9548
9549 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9550 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9551 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9552 using only core OS tools.
9553
9554 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9555 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9556 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9557 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9558 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9559 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9560 eventually.
9561
9562 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9563 presenting log data.
9564
9565 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9566 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9567
9568 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9569 system on idle.
9570
9571 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9572 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9573 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9574 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9575 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9576 information if possible.
9577
9578 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9579 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9580 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9581
9582 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9583 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9584 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9585 is running on battery power.
9586
9587 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9588 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9589 is in the "failed" state.
9590
9591 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9592 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9593 environment files at once.
9594
9595 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9596 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9597 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9598 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9599 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9600 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9601 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9602 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9603 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9604 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9605 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9606 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9607 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9608
9609 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9610 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9611
9612 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9613 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9614
9615 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9616 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9617 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9618 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9619 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9620 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9621 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9622 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9623 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9624 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9625 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9626 shipped from us upstream.
9627
9628 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9629 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9630 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9631 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9632 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9633 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9634 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9635 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9636 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9637 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9638 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9639 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9640 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9641
9642 CHANGES WITH 196:
9643
9644 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9645 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9646 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9647 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9648 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9649 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9650 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9651 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9652 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9653 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9654 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9655 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9656 data for all devices where this is available, by
9657 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9658 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9659 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9660 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9661 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9662 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9663
9664 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9665 indexed database to link up additional information with
9666 journal entries. For further details please check:
9667
9668 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
9669
9670 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
9671 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
9672 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
9673 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
9674 macro for this purpose.
9675
9676 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
9677 Python logging framework.
9678
9679 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
9680 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
9681 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
9682 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
9683 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
9684 time intervals.
9685
9686 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
9687 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
9688 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
9689
9690 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
9691 right-away on the selected coredump.
9692
9693 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
9694 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
9695 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
9696
9697 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
9698 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
9699 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
9700 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
9701
9702 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
9703 default.
9704
9705 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
9706 SMACK security label.
9707
9708 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
9709 daylight saving change.
9710
9711 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
9712 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
9713 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
9714 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
9715 distributions who still need support this to either continue
9716 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
9717 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
9718
9719 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
9720 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
9721 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
9722 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
9723 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
9724 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
9725 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
9726
9727 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
9728 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
9729
9730 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
9731 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
9732 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
9733 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
9734 offline updating tools.
9735
9736 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
9737 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
9738 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
9739 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
9740 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
9741 directories for packages to place various data files in.
9742
9743 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
9744 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
9745
9746 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
9747 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9748 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
9749 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9750 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
9751 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
9752 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
9753 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
9754 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9755
9756 CHANGES WITH 195:
9757
9758 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
9759 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
9760 units via --unit=/-u.
9761
9762 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
9763 right thing.
9764
9765 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
9766 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
9767 rotation.
9768
9769 * The journal will now index the available field values for
9770 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
9771 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
9772 completion of journalctl has been updated
9773 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
9774 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
9775
9776 * More service events are now written as structured messages
9777 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
9778
9779 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
9780 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
9781 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
9782 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
9783 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
9784 these settings from the command line now, especially since
9785 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
9786 completion.
9787
9788 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
9789 extract coredumps from the journal.
9790
9791 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
9792 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
9793 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
9794 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
9795 scratch their heads.
9796
9797 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
9798 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
9799
9800 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
9801 in immediate termination of systemd.
9802
9803 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
9804 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
9805
9806 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
9807 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
9808 mouse screen support has been added.
9809
9810 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
9811 Server-Sent-Events as output.
9812
9813 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
9814 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
9815 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
9816 "systemctl reload".
9817
9818 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
9819 -u" instead.
9820
9821 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
9822 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
9823 configured.
9824
9825 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
9826 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
9827
9828 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
9829 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
9830 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
9831 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
9832 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
9833 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
9834 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
9835
9836 CHANGES WITH 194:
9837
9838 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
9839 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
9840 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
9841 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
9842 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
9843 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
9844 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
9845 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
9846 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
9847 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
9848 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
9849 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
9850
9851 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
9852 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
9853 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9854
9855 CHANGES WITH 193:
9856
9857 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
9858 starting from the specified location in the journal.
9859
9860 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
9861 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
9862 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
9863
9864 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
9865 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
9866 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
9867 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
9868 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
9869 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
9870 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
9871
9872 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
9873 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
9874
9875 This will download the journal contents in a
9876 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
9877
9878 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
9879
9880 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
9881 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
9882 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
9883 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
9884 screenshot of this app in its current state:
9885
9886 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
9887
9888 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
9889 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
9890
9891 CHANGES WITH 192:
9892
9893 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
9894 too.
9895
9896 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
9897 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
9898 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
9899 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
9900 just start them.
9901
9902 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
9903 and line break accordingly.
9904
9905 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9906 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
9907
9908 CHANGES WITH 191:
9909
9910 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
9911 container environment, copying the host's timezone
9912 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
9913 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
9914 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
9915
9916 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
9917 will default to 10 if omitted.
9918
9919 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
9920 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
9921 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
9922 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
9923 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
9924
9925 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
9926 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
9927 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
9928 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
9929 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
9930 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
9931 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
9932
9933 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
9934 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
9935 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
9936 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
9937 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
9938 into two.
9939
9940 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
9941 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
9942
9943 CHANGES WITH 190:
9944
9945 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
9946 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
9947 "systemctl status".
9948
9949 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
9950 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
9951 system to another place in the same file system could not be
9952 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
9953 field.)
9954
9955 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
9956 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
9957 default.
9958
9959 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
9960 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
9961 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
9962 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
9963 in a container.
9964
9965 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
9966 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
9967 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
9968 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
9969 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
9970 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
9971
9972 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
9973 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
9974 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
9975 no-op.
9976
9977 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
9978 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
9979 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
9980 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
9981 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
9982
9983 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
9984 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
9985
9986 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
9987 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
9988 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
9989 command.
9990
9991 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
9992 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
9993 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
9994
9995 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
9996
9997 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
9998 multiple files at once.
9999
10000 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10001 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10002 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10003 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10004 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10005 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10006 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10007
10008 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10009 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10010 now support specifiers as well.
10011
10012 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10013 dir: %_presetdir.
10014
10015 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10016 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10017
10018 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10019 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10020 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10021 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10022 anymore.
10023
10024 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10025 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10026 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10027 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10028
10029 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10030 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10031 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10032
10033 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10034 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10035 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10036 sockets.
10037
10038 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10039 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10040 is changed.
10041
10042 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10043 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10044 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10045 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10046 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10047 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10048 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10049
10050 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10051
10052 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10053 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10054
10055 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10056 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10057
10058 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10059 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10060 (%b).
10061
10062 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10063 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10064 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10065 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10066 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10067 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10068 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10069
10070 CHANGES WITH 189:
10071
10072 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10073 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10074
10075 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10076 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10077 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10078 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10079 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10080 syslog daemons again.
10081
10082 * The libudev API gained the new
10083 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10084
10085 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10086 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10087 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10088 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10089
10090 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10091 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10092 container.
10093
10094 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10095 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10096 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10097 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10098 this explaining it in more detail.
10099
10100 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10101 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10102 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10103 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10104
10105 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10106 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10107 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10108 journal files.
10109
10110 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10111 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10112 as container init process a lot more fun.
10113
10114 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10115 entries.
10116
10117 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10118 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10119 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10120 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10121 different sets of services.
10122
10123 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10124 failure state.
10125
10126 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10127 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10128 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10129
10130 CHANGES WITH 188:
10131
10132 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10133 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10134 tree a lot more organized.
10135
10136 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10137 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10138
10139 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10140 services.
10141
10142 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10143 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10144 filtering by log level now.
10145
10146 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10147 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10148 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10149
10150 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10151 command lines involving service unit names.
10152
10153 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10154 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10155
10156 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10157 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10158 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10159
10160 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10161 option.
10162
10163 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10164 a shutdown is cancelled.
10165
10166 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10167 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10168 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10169 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10170 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10171
10172 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10173 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10174 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10175 for display managers instead.
10176
10177 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10178 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10179 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10180 protection, and suchlike.
10181
10182 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10183 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10184 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10185 the service.
10186
10187 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10188 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10189 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10190 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10191 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10192 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10193
10194 CHANGES WITH 187:
10195
10196 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10197 pages.
10198
10199 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10200 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10201 data loss.
10202
10203 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10204 option.
10205
10206 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10207
10208 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10209 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10210
10211 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10212 specific directory.
10213
10214 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10215 messages of two different boots.
10216
10217 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10218 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10219 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10220
10221 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10222 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10223 disjunctions.
10224
10225 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10226 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10227 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10228
10229 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10230 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10231 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10232
10233 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10234 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10235 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10236 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10237 speed things up a bit.
10238
10239 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
10240 header data of journal files.
10241
10242 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
10243 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
10244 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
10245
10246 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
10247 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
10248 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
10249 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
10250
10251 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10252
10253 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
10254 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
10255 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10256 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10257
10258 CHANGES WITH 186:
10259
10260 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
10261 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
10262 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
10263 prefixed with rd.
10264
10265 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
10266 automatically generated at boot. Use:
10267
10268 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
10269
10270 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
10271
10272 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
10273
10274 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
10275 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
10276 as well.
10277
10278 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
10279 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
10280 in all appropriate directories automatically.
10281
10282 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
10283 does the right thing. Example:
10284
10285 udevadm info /dev/sda
10286 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
10287
10288 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
10289 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
10290 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
10291 running.
10292
10293 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
10294 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
10295
10296 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
10297 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
10298
10299 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
10300 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
10301 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
10302 files.
10303
10304 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
10305 be stopped that is not loaded.
10306
10307 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
10308
10309 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
10310
10311 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
10312 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
10313 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
10314 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
10315
10316 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
10317 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
10318 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
10319 completed initialization.
10320
10321 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
10322
10323 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
10324 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
10325 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
10326 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
10327 distributions.
10328
10329 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
10330 always valid when services log to the journal via
10331 STDOUT/STDERR.
10332
10333 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
10334 command line options we understand.
10335
10336 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
10337 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
10338
10339 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
10340 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
10341
10342 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
10343 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
10344 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
10345 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
10346
10347 systemctl status /home
10348 systemctl status /dev/sda
10349
10350 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
10351 system.conf parsing.
10352
10353 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10354 Manager object.
10355
10356 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10357
10358 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10359
10360 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10361 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10362 complete.
10363
10364 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10365 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10366 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10367 systemd-fsck@.service.
10368
10369 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10370 Manager object.
10371
10372 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10373 work sensibly.
10374
10375 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10376 we actually understand.
10377
10378 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10379 additional capabilities to the container.
10380
10381 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10382 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10383 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10384
10385 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10386 the current boot only.
10387
10388 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10389 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10390
10391 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10392 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10393 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10394 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10395 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10396
10397 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10398
10399 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10400 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10401 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10402 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10403
10404 CHANGES WITH 185:
10405
10406 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10407 available.
10408
10409 * Several new man pages have been added.
10410
10411 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10412 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10413 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10414 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10415
10416 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10417 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10418
10419 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10420 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10421 Matthias Clasen
10422
10423 CHANGES WITH 184:
10424
10425 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10426 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10427
10428 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10429 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10430 daemon.
10431
10432 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10433 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10434
10435 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10436 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10437 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10438 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10439
10440 CHANGES WITH 183:
10441
10442 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10443 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10444 and systemd's most recent version number.
10445
10446 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10447 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10448 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10449 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10450 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10451 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10452
10453 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10454 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10455 subsystems.
10456
10457 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10458 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10459 used to subscribe to events.
10460
10461 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10462 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10463 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10464 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10465 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10466 forked by udev rules.
10467
10468 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10469 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10470 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10471 it.
10472
10473 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10474 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10475 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10476 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10477 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10478
10479 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10480 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10481
10482 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10483 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10484 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10485 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10486
10487 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10488 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10489 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10490 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10491 to be used as drop-in files.
10492
10493 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10494 particular suspending and hibernating.
10495
10496 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10497 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10498 about this in more detail.
10499
10500 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10501 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10502 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10503 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10504 from git history and add them downstream.
10505
10506 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10507 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10508 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10509 units.
10510
10511 * All smaller setup units (such as
10512 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10513 are run in a container and are skipped when
10514 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10515 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10516
10517 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10518 integrated, for details see:
10519 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10520
10521 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10522 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10523 messages.
10524
10525 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10526 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10527 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10528 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10529 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10530
10531 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10532 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10533 for all units started by PID 1.
10534
10535 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10536 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10537 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10538
10539 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10540 of PID 1 anymore.
10541
10542 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10543 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10544 have not been read by systemd yet.
10545
10546 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10547 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10548 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10549 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10550 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10551 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10552
10553 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10554 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10555
10556 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10557
10558 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10559 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10560 so sexy.
10561
10562 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10563 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10564 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10565 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10566 patterns.
10567
10568 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10569 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10570 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10571 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10572
10573 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10574 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10575
10576 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10577 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10578 in systemd now.
10579
10580 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10581 ID on the command line.
10582
10583 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10584 for an init system.
10585
10586 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10587 vt100.
10588
10589 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10590
10591 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10592 components now have directories of their own.
10593
10594 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10595
10596 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10597 container in other hierarchies.
10598
10599 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10600 system.conf.
10601
10602 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10603
10604 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10605 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10606
10607 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10608 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10609
10610 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10611 locally generated journal files.
10612
10613 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10614
10615 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10616
10617 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10618 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10619 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10620 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10621 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10622 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10623 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10624 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10625 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10626 Gundersen
10627
10628 CHANGES WITH 44:
10629
10630 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10631
10632 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10633 KVM or container configured UUID.
10634
10635 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10636
10637 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10638
10639 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10640 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10641
10642 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10643
10644 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10645 folks
10646
10647 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10648 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10649 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10650
10651 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10652 configuration
10653
10654 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10655 free fashion
10656
10657 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10658 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10659 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10660 automatically generated data.
10661
10662 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10663 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10664 however.
10665
10666 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10667 tarball.
10668
10669 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
10670 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
10671 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
10672 Reding
10673
10674 CHANGES WITH 43:
10675
10676 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10677
10678 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
10679
10680 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
10681
10682 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
10683 normal user logins.
10684
10685 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
10686 Biebl
10687
10688 CHANGES WITH 42:
10689
10690 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
10691
10692 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
10693 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
10694 xsltproc.
10695
10696 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
10697 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
10698 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
10699
10700 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
10701 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
10702 reboot can automatically be triggered.
10703
10704 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
10705
10706 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
10707 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10708 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
10709
10710 CHANGES WITH 41:
10711
10712 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
10713 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
10714 package update.
10715
10716 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
10717 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
10718 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
10719
10720 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
10721 complete.
10722
10723 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
10724 understood to set system wide environment variables
10725 dynamically at boot.
10726
10727 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
10728
10729 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
10730 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
10731 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
10732 files.
10733
10734 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10735 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
10736 William Douglas
10737
10738 CHANGES WITH 40:
10739
10740 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10741
10742 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
10743 "Result" D-Bus property.
10744
10745 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
10746 the next few releases.)
10747
10748 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
10749 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
10750 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
10751 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
10752
10753 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
10754 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
10755 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
10756
10757 CHANGES WITH 39:
10758
10759 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10760 bugfixes.
10761
10762 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
10763 resource usage.
10764
10765 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
10766 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
10767 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
10768 journals by the respective users.
10769
10770 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
10771 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
10772 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
10773
10774 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
10775 client for all entries.
10776
10777 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
10778
10779 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
10780 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
10781
10782 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
10783 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
10784 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
10785 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
10786
10787 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
10788 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
10789 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
10790
10791 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
10792 journal along with meta data.
10793
10794 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
10795 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
10796 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
10797
10798 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
10799 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
10800 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
10801
10802 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
10803
10804 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
10805 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
10806 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
10807 or fsck.
10808
10809 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
10810 requested with new -k switch.
10811
10812 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10813 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
10814
10815 CHANGES WITH 38:
10816
10817 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10818 bugfixes.
10819
10820 * The git repository moved to:
10821 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
10822 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
10823
10824 * First release with the journal
10825 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
10826
10827 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
10828 systemd-stdout-bridge.
10829
10830 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
10831
10832 * Many systemadm clean-ups
10833
10834 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
10835 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
10836 remote mounts.
10837
10838 * Added Mageia support
10839
10840 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
10841
10842 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
10843 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
10844 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
10845 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
10846 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
10847
10848 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
10849 of existing distributions.
10850
10851 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
10852 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
10853
10854 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
10855 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
10856 boot.
10857
10858 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
10859
10860 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
10861 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
10862 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
10863 among other things.
10864
10865 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
10866 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
10867
10868 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
10869
10870 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
10871 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
10872 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
10873
10874 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
10875 restored.
10876
10877 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
10878 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
10879 kmod
10880
10881 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
10882 of /usr/local by default.
10883
10884 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
10885 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
10886 in:
10887 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
10888
10889 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
10890 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
10891 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
10892 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
10893 supported anyway, and bad style).
10894
10895 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
10896 reloading of units together.
10897
10898 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
10899 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
10900 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
10901 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
10902 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek